UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
(Mark One)

ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020

or

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017
OR
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to _____
Commission file number 1-13449___

QUANTUM CORPORATIONCommission File Number 001-13449
qlogoa01.jpg
Quantum Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware94-2665054
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
224 Airport ParkwaySuite 550
San JoseCA95110
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)


(408)944-4000
Registrant's telephone number, including area code
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
94-2665054
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
224 Airport Parkway, Suite 550, San Jose, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

95110
(Zip Code)Former name, former address, and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

(408) 944-4000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading Symbol Name of each exchange on which registered
QUANTUM CORPORATION COMMON STOCKCommon Stock, $0.01 par value per share NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGEQMCONasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.¨Yesx No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  ¨   NO  ý
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.¨Yesx No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  ¨   NO  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  ý   NO  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.xYes¨ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES  ý   NO  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).xYes¨ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”filer” and “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filero
o
Accelerated filerx
Non-accelerated filer     o
Smaller reporting company  o
Emerging growth company o
  
Non-accelerated filer  xSmaller reporting companyo
Emerging growth companyo
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revisedo
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).oYesx No

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards pursuant to Section 13(a)As of the Exchange Act o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES  ¨   NO  ý
The aggregate market value of Quantum Corporation’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $196.6 million on September 30, 2016 the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based on the closing sales priceaggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock on that date on the New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of this disclosure, shares ofregistrant's common stock held by persons who hold more than 5% ofits non-affiliates, computed by reference to the outstanding shares ofprice at which the common stock and shares held by officers and directors of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive for other purposes.was last sold, was $115,331,509.
As of the close of business on May 25, 2017,June 22, 2020, there were 34,092,47539,905,090 shares of the registrant’sQuantum Corporation’s common stock issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement forportions of the registrant's proxy statement to be filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders which the registrant will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, isto be held in 2020 have been incorporated by reference ininto Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

10-K.

QUANTUM CORPORATION

INDEXANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended March 31, 2020

Table of Contents
  
Page
Number
 PART I 
 PART II 
 PART III 
 PART IV 
 

i


PART IAs used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Annual Report"), the terms "Quantum," "we," "us," and "our" refer to Quantum Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted or unless the context indicates otherwise.

Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This report and certain information incorporated by referenceAnnual Report contains forward-looking statements. All statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statementscontained in this report usually contain theother than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding COVID-19's anticipated impacts on our business, our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, our market growth and trends, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “believe,“could,“project” or“would,” “project,” “plan,” “potentially,” “preliminary,” “likely,” and similar expressions and variations or negatives ofare intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these words. All such forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, (1)largely on our goals, strategy and expectations for future financial and operating performance, including increasing market share, continuing to add customers and increasing revenue and earnings; (2) our expectation that we will continue to derive a substantial portion of our revenue from products based on tape technology; (3) our belief that our existing cash and capital resources will be sufficient to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt service and sustain our operations for at least the next 12 months; (4) our expectations regarding our ongoing efforts to control our cost structure; (5) our expectations regarding the outcome of any litigation in which we are involved; and (6) our business goals, objectives, key focuses, opportunities and prospects which are inherently uncertain as they are based on management’scurrent expectations and assumptions concerningprojections about future events and theytrends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous knowna number of risks, uncertainties, and unknownassumptions, including those described under Item 1A. Moreover, we operate in a competitive and changing environment. New risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautionedemerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to place undue reliancepredict all risks, nor can we assess the effect of all factors on these forward-looking statements, aboutour business or the extent to which we speak only asany factor, or combination of the date hereof. As a result, our actual resultsfactors, may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained herein. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described herein include, but arecontained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this report may not limited tooccur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those factors discussed under Item 1A “Risk Factors”, Item 7 "Management's Discussion and Analysisanticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of Financial Conditions and Resutls of Operations' and Item 7A "Quantitative and Qualitative Dislcosures about Market Risk". Ourfuture events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are not guarantees ofreasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future performance.results, performance, or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We disclaim anyundertake no obligation to update information in any of these forward-looking statement, except as required by applicable law.statements for any reason after the date of this report or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.


PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Business DescriptionCOVID-19 Risks and Uncertainties
Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”,We are subject to the “Company”, “us”risks arising from COVID-19 which have caused substantial financial market volatility and have adversely affected both the U.S. and the global economy. For many of our customers, the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly affected their business. Movie and television production has been paused, professional and collegiate sports seasons have been postponed or “we”cancelled, and many corporations and enterprises have put information technology spending on hold while they assess the short- and long-term impact of the pandemic. While our supply chain remains intact and operating, we have experienced issues related to our logistics network. The reduced capacity within and across freight lanes (aircraft, personnel, customs clearance, etc.), founded has caused late deliveries from re-routes and mis-shipments, as well as increased expedite and other charges to deliver and receive products. To date, we have experienced minimal impact on product availability, although future capacity constraints across the network due to lost capacity from factory down time, closures, as well as reduced staff and demand signal fluctuations are expected to impact product availability in 1980the months and reincorporatedpossibly quarters to come.

We believe that these social and economic impacts have had a negative effect on sales due to the decline in Delawareour customers' ability or willingness to purchase our products and services. The extent of the impact will depend, in 1987, ispart, on how long the negative trends in customer demand and supply chain levels will continue. Our management continues to actively monitor the situation and may take further actions altering our business operations that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers, and stakeholders, or as required by federal, state, or local authorities.

Overview

We are a leading expertleader in scale-out tiered storage, archivestoring and managing digital video and other forms of unstructured data. We help customers around the world to ingest, process, and analyze digital data protection, providing solutionsat high speed, and preserve and protect it for capturing, sharing, managing and preserving digital assets over the entire data lifecycle.decades. Our customers ranging from small businesses to large/multi-nationalinclude some of the world’s largest corporations, government agencies, service providers, broadcasters, movie studios, sports leagues and teams, and enterprises trust us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. Our end-to-end tiered storage solutions enable users to maximize the value of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing total cost and complexity.in all industries. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”)VARs, DMRs, OEMs and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving needs. solve our customers most pressing business challenges.

Our common stockCustomer Solution

Our customers are typically managing and storing large amounts of digital video and other forms of “video-like” data such as high-resolution images. This data is traded ongenerally referred to as “unstructured” data, and video and digital images represent the New York Stock Exchange underlargest subset of this data. This unstructured data is growing rapidly, and already represents the symbol QTM.vast majority of the data being created every day.
Our scale-out tiered
This data has unique requirements, and our portfolio has been designed to address these requirements end-to-end. When this data is first created, it requires very high-speed performance, which we provide using a combination of non-volatile memory express (“NVMe”), solid state drives (“SSD”), and hard disk drives (“HDD”). Once this data is ingested and processed, it typically needs to be stored and protected forever. We provide both object storage portfolio includessystems and tape storage systems for low-cost, long-term protection and archiving, and the complete solution is managed by our StorNext® software, appliances and full systems called software. StorNext ProTM Solutions,is both a high-speed file system as well as XcellisTM workflowa data management platform. In addition to providing customers access to their data across the various types of storage QXS disksystems above, StorNext can also move data to and from public cloud storage, and LattusTM extended online storage. Our StorNext offerings enablewhich our customers to manage large unstructuredare increasingly using as part of their overall data sets in an information workflow, providing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable capacity and intelligent protection. They are centered on our StorNext 5 platform, which isinfrastructure.

We also offer a portfolio of products designed for today's modern workflow challengesvideo surveillance recording and storage, including a line of capturing, sharing, managingnetwork video recording servers, and preserving massive amountsa line of data inhyperconverged storage systems for surveillance recording and management.

With the most demanding environments. StorNext 5 includes the industry's fastest streaming file systemexception of our tape storage systems, which are based on hardware we have designed, all of our products are powered by our software, and policy-based tiering for automaticallyrun on commodified server hardware. Our product portfolio is increasingly software-defined, and our technology roadmap is moving data across primary storage, extended online storage, tape archive and the cloud.to becoming completely software-defined.
We also have a comprehensive portfolio of data protection solutions for physical, virtual and cloud environments. This includes our DXi® deduplication systems, Scalar® automated tape libraries and vmPRO virtual server backup software. In addition, we also provide the underlying technology platform to partners and end user customers to build their own clouds.
Artico, an active archive appliance providing network-attached storage ("NAS") connectivity, and QXS hybrid disk and flash storage serve both scale-out tiered storage and data protection customers.
We are a member of the consortium that develops, patents, and has licensed LTO® ("licenses Linear Tape-Open) mediaTape-Open, (or “LTO® tape”) technology to tape media manufacturing companies. We receive royalty payments for both LTO and DLT® media technology sold under licensing agreements. We have also entered into various licensing agreements with respect to our technology, patents and similar intellectual property which provide licensing revenues in certain cases and may expand the market for products and solutions using these technologies.
We are focused on driving profitable revenue growth and long-term shareholder value by capitalizing on new market opportunities, leveraging the strength of our technology, products and install base across scale-out tiered storage and data protection, continuing to expand our solutions portfolio and building new and enhanced channel and technology partnerships.
Industry Background

ForDigital video and imaging data is growing exponentially, and in the next few years is likely to represent the vast majority of the data produced in the world. This class of data presents a unique set of challenges for our customers. These data sets are exponentially larger than the average corporate database, they need to be stored and protected for decades, and many of the data services designed for databases and other corporate applications do not work with this data. In addition, video and image data is very difficult to search, and yet it is the data that has the most value to the business lines of many of our customers. Lastly, these datasets typically have a lifecycle that initially requires very high performance for creation, intake, cataloging, analysis and collaboration, which then needs to be archived and protected for decades at a low cost. With these challenges in mind, our mission is to design products to address these needs, enabling our customers demands onwith solutions that will help them create, innovate and protect.
Some examples across the industries that we serve include:
The media and entertainment industry producing high-resolution content for movies and TV shows, including content in streaming services;
Large corporations producing video content for marketing and advertising, and for internal training and communication purposes;

Surveillance cameras for city surveillance, critical infrastructure, higher education, retail, restaurants, and more;
Scientific research and applications;
Life sciences, genome sequencing and microscopy;
Military and defense applications that manage images and video from drones and satellites;
Video, image, and sensor data have changed and so have the requirements for storing and retaining it. Previously, data had a one-way, predictable life cycle where the information technology (“IT”) focus was around risk mitigation. Now, companies know that their data can be a source of competitive advantage, revenue and growth. They are much more focusedcaptured on the opportunitymanufacturing floor;
Video, image, and sensor data produced by cars as part of ADAS and autonomous vehicle development.

Products

High-Performance Shared Storage Systems

At the core of our high-performance shared storage product line is our StorNext software that enables high-speed ingest, editing, processing and management of digital video and image datasets. Major broadcasters and studios, post-production companies including streaming services, sports franchises, and corporations around the world use StorNext.

Our StorNext software is both a shared file system and data so IT must save everythingmanagement platform. StorNext provides fast streaming performance and make itdata access, a shared file storage environment for macOS, Microsoft Windows, and Linux workstations, and intelligent data management to protect data across its lifecycle. StorNext runs on standard servers and is sold with storage arrays that are used within the StorNext environment. These storage arrays include:

The Quantum F-SeriesA line of ultra-fast, highly available based onNVMe storage servers for editing, rendering, and processing of video content and other large unstructured datasets.
Quantum QXS-Series:A line of high performance, reliable hybrid storage arrays, offered with either HDDs, SSDs, or some combination of the two.

Customers are now deploying our StorNext file system with a combination of NVMe storage and more traditional SSD and HDD storage to balance cost and performance. Our StorNext software can also manage data across different types, or pools, of storage, such as public cloud object stores and disk-based object storage systems. StorNext supports a broad range of both private and public object stores to meet customer needs. For customers that archive video and image data for years, StorNext is also integrated with our tape storage, and can assign infrequently used but important data to tape to create a large-scale active archive.

Object Storage Systems

With the acquisition of the ActiveScale object storage business requirements. In addition, the challengefrom Western Digital that was completed in March of dealing with large data files is extending beyond a narrow set of vertical markets2020, we now offer leading object storage systems for massive-scale, online content repositories such as media archives, genome sequencing data repositories, and entertainment, government intelligence, oil and gas and life sciences to commercial enterprises more broadly.
All of this is leading to new workflows and putting pressure on status quo approaches. Traditional infrastructures are breaking down based on the sheer volumebig data lakes. Our ActiveScale object storage provides high levels of data durability and facilitates the needmanagement of many petabytes and billions of objects. ActiveScale object storage software stores data in object format and uses patented erasure-encoding software to storeprotect data indefinitelyacross storage nodes and continueacross multiple geographic sites.

Tape Storage

Our Scalar® tape systems are low-cost, long-term data storage used by large cloud providers and leading enterprises to produce valuearchive and preserve digital content for decades. The product line scales from it. IT departments have determined that adding more spinning diskentry-level libraries for small backup environments up to massive petabyte and even exabyte scale archive libraries.

Our tape systems provide storage density, offline secure storage to protect against ransomware and malware, and an intelligent, advanced diagnostics engine designed to reduce downtime and operational expense relative to other tape systems. Our tape systems are used by thousands of enterprises around the problem will not resolve the issues, nor will legacyworld as well as by large cloud service providers. In addition to our tape systems, we also sell LTO tape cartridges as well as standalone LTO tape drives for small business and desktop use.

Backup Storage Systems

Our DXi backup processes.systems provide high-performance, scalable storage for backup and multi-site disaster recovery. Our variable-length de-duplication technology maximizes data reduction, our replication engine enables multi-site protection and data recovery, and our high-efficiency design enables customers to maximize backup performance while minimizing data center footprint.

Storage Systems for Surveillance and Physical Security

We believe the industry is evolving to a new infrastructure that is based on high-performance, tiered storage solutions with smart data movement that fits a customer’s workflow. These tiered storage solutions need to support unpredictable, on-demand access, whenever and wherever customers need their data, and incorporate new approaches to data protection and archive. At the same time, these solutions must be cost-effective.
While there are different workflows which require different solutions, there are common elements that must be addressed. Quantum products offer a unique combinationbroad portfolio of products designed for the capture and analysis of video surveillance and security. These products include network video recording servers, as well as hyperconverged storage systems for video surveillance management and recording. In addition, we offer appliances designed for video surveillance analytics and to run different types of access control systems.

Our strategy is to offer the broadest physical security server and storage portfolio available from any single supplier, with solutions designed and optimized for surveillance and physical security workloads, providing high performance low-cost capacity and fast data access designed to help customers drive business and operational success.density, resulting in cost-effective solutions.
Products
Scale-out TieredIn-Vehicle Storage Systems
With new digital technologies creating larger data files that can generate greater business value, there
Our R-Series is a growing needline of ruggedized, removable storage systems for in-vehicle data capture, mobile surveillance, and military applications. Our R-Series includes a removable storage magazine which allows data generated in the vehicle to retain data for progressively longer periods while maintaining visibility and accessbe easily uploaded to it. IT departments and vertically focused business units, including but not limited to media and entertainment, video surveillance, oil and gas, life sciences and high performance computing, are increasingly focused on managing large amounts of unstructured data. Generally, unstructured data refers to relatively new data types that produce large files, often measured in petabytes, such as video, imaging, documents and audio. In some cases, this also refers to large collections of small data, such as retail purchasing information, underwater photos of the ocean floor and feeds from traffic cameras that when combined, create meaningful information and increasingly competitive advantage. In addition, in managing unstructured data, organizations are increasingly recognizing that they need efficient and cost-effective ways to archive it. In conjunction with our StorNext software and appliance offerings, we offer various tiers of storage for extended online (Latus Object Storage) and archiving (tape and cloud tiers) to address this growing need for managing and archiving growing unstructured data sets.
StorNext and Xcellis Workflow Storage
Our StorNext Appliances and StorNext Data Management Platforms leverage the power of our StorNext 5 software and market-leading hardware to offer predictable high-performance file sharing and archiving in purpose-built configurations of metadata controllers, expansion appliances and disk and archive enabled libraries. StorNext 5 delivers higher levels of performance, scalability and flexibility in a new generation of the industry’s leading scale-out shared storage file system, tiered storage and archive. StorNext 5 is a complete end-to-end solution that combines file management technology with easy-to-deploy appliances to support the world’s most complex and demanding workflows. In addition, our StorNext Storage Manager software automatically copies and migrates data between different tiers of storage based on user-defined policies. The result is a highly scalable, high-performance data management solution designed to optimize the use of storage while enabling long-term protection and recoverability of data.
StorNext Appliances and StorNext Pro Solutions are simple to deploy and architected to deliver scalable, industry-leading performance, drive lower operational costs and provide a flexible open system for enabling third party applications. These appliances also work seamlessly with traditional StorNext software and partner hardware offerings to provide additional options for building a shared storage area network (“SAN”) and scale-out NAS environment. They are intended to serve a wide range of markets,environment, such as broadcast, post-production, video surveillance storage, DNA sequencing, corporate video and seismic exploration, and balance the highest performance with the lowest long-term cost for sharing all types of unstructured data used in data intensive operations.

Our Xcellis product optimizes workflow and shared access by combining functions that were formerly provided by separate components into a compact, space- and energy-saving solution. Xcellis manages high-speed disk for the most demanding workflows and provides multi-protocol SAN and local area network (“LAN”) client access. It also offers single-pane-of-glass management and monitoring and automatic data movement to low-cost storage such as cloud, object and tape. Overall, Xcellis maximizes operational and workflow efficiency and reduces the cost of data storage.

Lattus Object Storage
Our family of Lattus Object Storage solutions enables high volumes of data to be immediately available to extract valuable information at any time, and over time. The Lattus family is designed as extended online storage with wide-ranging scalability from terabytes to hundreds of petabytes with predictable retrieval times for high speed file access. These systems have self-healing capabilities that offer extremely high durability to ensure data is not lost and virtually eliminate unscheduled maintenance and performance degradation. Lattus has been designed to be self-migrating through innovative algorithms that simplify upgrades to new storage technologies.
StorNext AEL Archives
Our tape-based StorNext AEL archive products are purpose-built for extreme data environments, offering highly scalable data management solutions that are also cost effective and easy to manage. When added to aour StorNext file system, deployment, StorNext AEL archives products provide near-line archiving with built-in data protectionfor processing and self-healing capabilities to ensure that valuable digital assets are protected and accessible over time. As a result, StorNext AEL archives products play a key role as we continue to expand our footprint in the growing market for unstructured data archive solutions.analytics.
Data Protection
DXi Disk SystemsServices
Our DXi disk systems use deduplication technology to increase the amount of backup data users can retain on traditional disk systems. The result is a cost-effective means for IT departments to store backup data on disk for months instead of days, providing high-speed restores, increasing available data recovery points and reducing media management. For disaster recovery in distributed environments, the DXi-Series also makes wide area network (“WAN”) replication practical because of the greatly reduced bandwidth required with data deduplication. By greatly increasing effective disk capacity, data deduplication enables users to retain backup data on fast recovery disk much longer than possible using conventional disk and significantly reduces the bandwidth needed to move data between sites. We hold a key patent in one of the most efficient methods of data deduplication, known as variable-length data deduplication.
Scalar Tape Automation Systems
We offer a broad range of services to complement our systems and technology, including managed services, implementation and training services, and support services for our customers around the world. Our customers are a leading supplierincreasingly looking to purchase our technology using an as-a-service model, or different forms of tape automation productsmanaged services, and we continue to expand features and functionality of our tape library offerings to increase storage capacity and improve performance. Our Scalar tape automation portfolio includes a range of products, from autoloaders with one tape drive and up to sixteen cartridges to large enterprise-class libraries which can hold hundreds of drives and thousands of cartridges. Our tape libraries intelligently manage and protect business critical data in workgroup, medium size business and enterprise data center environments. With an emphasis on ease of use, management features and investment optimization, Scalar tape libraries are designed to grow with business needs. These products integrate tape drives into a system with automation technology, advanced connectivity and sophisticated management tools, including integrated media integrity analysis in tape drives and library diagnostic systems. We alsonow offer the SuperLoader®3 autoloader designed to maximize data density and performance.
Tying our libraries together from entry-level to enterprise is a common, integrated software called iLayerTM, which provides monitoring, alerts and proactive diagnostics, thereby reducing service calls, shortening issue resolution time and decreasing the time users spend managing their tape automation solutions. In addition, we believe the growth in archiving of unstructured data represents a substantial opportunity for tape automation systems. To capitalize on this trend and the changing role of tape automation systems in data protection, we have invested in our enterprise Scalar i6000 and midrange Scalar i500 platforms to provide increased redundancy capabilities. These platforms can be implemented on their own or in an appliance configuration with our StorNext archiving software.
Devices and Media
Our device and media products include removable disk drives and libraries, tape drives and media. We offer tape drives and media primarily based on the LTO format. Our LTO family of devices is designed to deliver outstanding performance, capacity and reliability, combining the advantages of linear multi-channel, bi-directional formats with enhancements in servo technology, data compression, track layout and error correction. These LTO tape drives are designed to provide midrange and enterprise customers with disaster recovery and cost-effective backup solutions.
We also sell a full rangeline of storage media offeringsthese services to complement each tape drive technology and to satisfy a variety of specific media requirements. Our media is compatible with our drives, autoloaders and libraries as well as other industry products.meet these needs.

Global Services and Warranty

Our global services strategy is an integral component of our total customer solution. Service is typically a significant purchase factor for customers considering scale-outlong-term storage for archiving and retention or data protection storage solutions, andsolutions. Consequently, our ability to provide comprehensive serviceinstallation and supportintegration services as well as maintenance services can be a noteworthy competitive advantage to attract new customers and retain existing customers. In addition, we believe that our ability to retain long-term customer relationships and secure repeat business is frequently tied directly to our comprehensive service capabilities and performance.

Our extensive use of technology and innovative built-in product intelligence allows us to scale our global services operations to meet the needs of our expanding installed base.customers. We are currently able to provide service to customers in more than 100 countries, supported by 24-hour, multi-language technical support centers located in North America, Europe, and Asia. We provide our customers with warranty coverage on all of our products. Customers with high availability requirements may also purchase additional serviceservices to obtain faster response times on our high-performance shared storage systems, tape systems, and disk backup systems, tape automation products and StorNext appliances.systems. We offer this additional support coverage at a variety of response levels up to 24-hours a day, seven-days-a-week, 365-days-a-year, for customers with stringent high-availability needs. We provide support ranging from repair and replacement to 24-hour rapid exchange to on-site service support for our midrange and enterprise-class products. In addition to these traditional installation and maintenance services, we also provide project management, managed services, and other value-added services to enhance our customer’s experience and engagement. These incremental services create a deeper relationship with customers that enables them to maximize the value of our solution and better positions us to retain our customers through technology transitions.

We generally warrant our hardware products against defects for periods ranging from one to three years from the date of sale. We provide warranty and non-warranty repair services through our service team and third partythird-party service providers. In addition, we utilize various other third partythird-party service providers throughout the world to perform repair and warranty services for us to reach additional geographic areas and industries in order to provide quality services in a cost-effective manner.

Research and Development

We compete in an industry characterized by rapid technological change and evolving customer requirements. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to introduce new products and features to meet end user needs. Our research and development teams are workingfocused on thetechnology and services to make our storage systems smarter and easier to manage at scale; software enhancements to make our storage more searchable and accessible, software-defined hyperconverged storage technology, next generation disk,solid-state and hard-drive storage system software, data deduplication virtual systems, cloud solutions, objectand other data reduction technologies, and making tape even more efficient as a storage solutions, tape automation and scale-out tiered storage technologies as well as software solutions to advance these technologiesmedium for the scale-out tiered storage and data protection markets to meet changing customer requirements. We continue to focus our efforts on software and integrated software and hardware solutions that offer improvements in the efficiency and cost of storing, moving, managing and protecting large amounts of data and providing solutions for the continuing convergence between backup and archive to provide compelling solutions for our customers.long term archival storage.
We continue to invest in research and development to improve and expand our product lines and introduce new product lines, striving to provide superior data protection and scale-out tiered storage solutions, for both on-premise and cloud environments. Research and development costs were $44.4 million, $48.7 million, and $58.6 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Sales and Distribution Channels
Quantum Branded
Product Sales Channels
For Quantum-branded products, we
We utilize distributors, VARs and DMRs.DMRs in our sales process. Our integrated Quantum Alliance Reseller Programreseller program provides our channel partners the option of purchasing products directly or through distribution channels and provides them access to a more comprehensive product line. Additionally, we sell directly to a number ofmultiple large corporate entities and government agencies.

OEM Relationships

We sell our products to several OEM customers that resell our hardware products under their own brand names and typically assume responsibility for product sales, end user service and support. We also license our software to certain OEM customers that include this software in their own brand name products. These OEM relationships enable us to reach end users not served by our branded distribution channels or our direct sales force. They also allow us to sell to select geographic or vertical markets where specific OEMs have exceptional strength.

Customers

Our sales are concentrated with several key customers because under our business model, as is typical for our industry,vary across multiple industries worldwide ranging from small businesses to global enterprises. In addition, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Sales to our top five customers represented 23%, 33%, 29% of revenue in fiscal 2017, 28%2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively, of revenue in fiscal 2016 and 31% of revenue in fiscal 2015. Nowhich no customer accounted forrepresented 10% or more of our revenue in fiscal 2017, 2016 or 2015. Through our Quantum Alliance Reseller Program and our emphasis on growing our branded business, including increasing the independent channel, we are expanding our customer base and continue to distribute our products and services across a larger number of customers.total revenue.

Competition

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, characterized by rapid technological change and changing customer requirements. In some cases, our competitors in one market area are customers or suppliers in another. Our competitors often have greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, or other resources than we do. Additionally, the competitive landscape continues to change due to merger and acquisition activity as well as new entrants into the market.

As our customers look to use more public cloud storage services, providers provide both a competitive threat and new platforms on which to run our software. We expect that the infrastructures of the future will be both hybrid-cloud and multi-cloud, meaning our customers will store their data in the various large public cloud environments, and also want to use services from multiple public cloud vendors.

Our StorNext applianceshigh-performance shared storage systems and workflow solutionsobject storage systems primarily face competition from the EMC Corporationbusiness unit of Dell Inc., (“EMC”Dell”), International Business Machines Corporation, (“IBM”), NetApp, Inc., (“NetApp”), and other contententerprise storage vendors in the mediamarkets we serve.

Our tape storage systems primarily compete in the midrange and entertainment industryenterprise reseller and end user markets with IBM, Oracle Corporation and SpectraLogic Corporation as well as government agenciesHewlett-Packard Enterprise Company, (“HPE”), through its OEM relationship with other tape system suppliers. Competitors for entry-level and departments. Our cloud solutions face competition from a large number of businessesOEM tape systems include BDT Products, Inc. and several others that provide hardware, softwaresupply or manufacture similar products. In addition, disk backup products and virtual solutions as well as companies that offer cloud services based on other technology. Our Lattus Object Storage solutions primarily compete with object storage solutions from other providers, ranging from startup companies to established companies, such as EMC and IBM, as well as large public cloud storage providers.are an indirect competitive alternative to tape storage.


Our disk backup solutionsstorage systems primarily compete with products sold by EMC, Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”), IBMDell, HPE and NetApp.Veritas Technologies LLC. Additionally, a number ofseveral software companies that have traditionally been partners with us have deduplication features in their products and will, at times, compete with us. A number

Manufacturing and Supply Chain

We are constantly improving our supply chain and manufacturing operations to deliver a variable cost model while improving customer delivered quality and service. This process includes the transition to a multi-geographical manufacturing model using a configure-to-order methodology; a redesign of our competitors also license technology from other competing companies.
In the tape automation market, we primarily compete for midrangeservice and enterprise resellersupplier network; and end user business with Dell, Inc. ("Dell"), IBM, Oracle Corporationtalent acquisition and SpectraLogic Corporation as well as HP through its OEM relationship with other tape automation suppliers. Competitors for entry-leveldevelopment. Our supply chain and OEM tape automation business include BDT Products, Inc.manufacturing strategy minimizes geo-political and several others that supply or manufacture similar products. In addition, disk backup products are a competitive alternativeenvironmental causal risks and provides flexibility to tape products and solutions.
At the storage device level, our main competitors are HP and IBM. Both HP and IBM develop and sell their own LTO tape drives, which compete with our device offerings. We also face competition from disk alternatives, including removable disk drives in the entry-level market.
For a discussion of risks associated with competing technologies, see the Risk Factor in Item 1A "Risk Factors" titled, “We derive the majority of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology and decreases in the market could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.”
Manufacturing
We primarily use contract manufacturers as we have transitioned to a fully outsourced manufacturing model as part of our strategy to enhancesupport demand fluctuations by region, further enhancing our variable cost structure. This model provides more flexibility to cost-effectively manage the volume

Manufacturing of products manufactured to align with our expectations, including market declinestape, backup, and shared storage systems is performed in the tape businessU.S. and growth expectationsMexico using contract manufacturers, along with supporting third-party logistics companies in disk backup productsthe Europe, Middle East, and scale-out tiered storage solutions.
We outsource the manufacture, repair and fulfillment of disk backup products, scale-out tiered storage solutions, tape automation systems, tape devices and service parts to contract manufacturers. Tape drives used in our products are primarily sourced from Hungary and China. Disk drives used in our products are largely sourced from Thailand, the Philippines and China. Certain tape automation system materials and assemblies as well as certain disk system materials and assemblies are sourced in China, Malaysia, Thailand, MexicoAfrica region, or (“EMEA”), and the U.S.Asia-Pacific region, or (“APAC”). The value of utilizing well-run logistics companies and supply chain solutions is that our product logistics is optimized for cost reductions with a competitive advantage allowing the physical flow and information flow to work together seamlessly.

Our recording tape media is manufactured by one or more tape media manufacturing companies, which are qualified and licensed to manufacture, use and sell media products. In most cases, the media is produced in Japan and multi-sourced on a worldwide basis.distributed globally.

Intellectual Property and Technology

We generally rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and contract rights to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our technology and products. As of March 31, 2017,2020, we hold approximately 400319 U.S. patents and have 6640 pending U.S. patent applications. In general, these patents have a 20-year term from the first effective filing date for each patent. We also hold a number ofmultiple foreign patents and patent applications for certain of our products and technologies. Although we believe that our patents and applications have significant value, rapidly changing technology in our industry means that our future success may also depend heavily on the technical competence and creative skills of our employees.

From time to time, third parties have asserted that the manufacture and sale of our products have infringed on their patents. We are not knowingly infringing any third partythird-party patents. Should it ultimately be determined that licenses for third partythird-party patents are

required, we will makeundertake best efforts to obtain such licenses on commercially reasonable terms. See Item 3 “Legal Proceedings”Legal Proceedings for additional disclosures regarding lawsuits alleging patent infringement.

On occasion, we have entered into various patent licensing and cross-licensing agreements with other companies. We may enter into patent cross-licensing agreements with other third parties in the future as part of our normal business activities. These agreements, when and if entered into, would enable these third parties to use certain patents that we own and enable us to use certain patents owned by these third parties. We have also sold certain patents, retaining a royalty-free license for these patents.

We, along with HPE and IBM, belong to the LTO Consortium, an organization that licenses the Consortium members’ patents covering the LTO specifications. Media manufacturers and other parties take licenses to the LTO Consortium patent pool in exchange for a royalty payment to the Consortium, which then distributes the royalties to each of the three Consortium members.

Segment Information

We operate as a single reporting unit and operating segment for business and operating purposes. Information about revenue attributable to each of our product groups is included in Item 7 “Management’sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations and information about revenue and long-lived assets attributable to certain geographic regions is included in Note 15 “Geographic Information”2 , Revenue and Note 3, Balance Sheet Information, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements and risks attendant to our foreign operations is set forth below in Item 1A “RiskRisk Factors.

Seasonality


As is typical in our industry, we generally have the greatest demand for our products and services in the fourth quarter of each calendar year, or our fiscal third quarter. We usually experience the lowest demand for our products and services in the first and second quarters of each calendar year, or our fiscal fourth quarter and fiscal first quarter, respectively.

Backlog

We believe that product backlog has not been a meaningful indicator of net revenue that can be expected for any period. Our products are manufactured based on forecasts of customer demand. We also place inventorydemand and we work with our manufacturers and suppliers to support increases and decreases in strategic locations throughout the world in order to enable certain key customers to obtain products on demand. Orders are generally placed by customers on an as-needed basis. Product orders are confirmed and, in most cases, shipped to customers within one week.four to six weeks. More complex systems and product configurations often have longer lead times, and may include on-site integration or customer acceptance. Mostsometimes as much as 26 weeks. Much of the product backlog accumulated during any particular fiscal quarter is shipped infrom these more complex systems and typically increases at the same quarter in which the backlog initially occurs. Therefore, our backlog generally grows during the first partend of each fiscal quarter, with these products typically being shipped in the following quarter. Product backlog at any point in time may not translate into net revenue in any subsequent period, as unfilled orders can generally be canceled at any time by the customer.

Executive Officers and shrinks duringManagement Team

Following are the latternames and positions of our management team as of June 22, 2020, including a brief account of the business experience of each.
NamePosition with Quantum
James J. LernerPresident, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
J. Michael DodsonChief Financial Officer
Elizabeth KingChief Revenue Officer
Lewis MooreheadChief Accounting Officer
Regan MacPhersonSenior Vice President, Chief Legal & Compliance Officer and Secretary
Don MartellaSenior Vice President, Engineering

James J. Lerner, 50, was appointed as President and CEO of the Company, effective July 1, 2018, and was appointed Chairman of the Board on August 7, 2018. He also serves on the Company’s Board. Mr. Lerner has previously served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer at Pivot3 Inc. from March 2017 to June 2018, and Chief Revenue Officer from November 2016 to March 2017. Prior to Pivot3, from March 2014 to August 2015, Mr. Lerner served as President of Cloud Systems and Solutions at Seagate Technology Public Limited Company. Prior to Seagate, Mr. Lerner served in various executive roles at Cisco Systems, Inc., including most recently as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Cloud & Systems Management Technology Group. Before beginning his career as a technology company executive, Mr. Lerner was a Senior Consultant at Andersen Consulting. Since 2011, Mr. Lerner has served on the Board of Trustees of Astia, a global not-for-profit organization built on a community of men and women dedicated to the success of women-led, high-growth ventures, and is currently serving as the Chair of the Board of Trustees. Mr. Lerner earned a Bachelor of Arts in Quantitative Economics and Decision Sciences from U.C. San Diego.
J. Michael Dodson, 59, was appointed Chief Financial Officer effective May 31, 2018. He was also appointed interim Chief Executive Officer, a position in which he served until James J. Lerner joined the Company on July 1, 2018. From August 2017 to May 2018, Mr. Dodson served as the Chief Financial Officer of Greenwave Systems. Prior to joining Greenwave Systems, Mr. Dodson served as the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at Mattson Technology, Inc. from 2012 to 2017. He joined Mattson as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary in 2011. Prior to joining Mattson, Mr. Dodson served as Chief Financial Officer at four global public technology companies and Chief Accounting Officer for an S&P 500 company. Mr. Dodson started his career with Ernst & Young in San Jose, California. Since July 2013, he has served on the Board of Directors of Sigma Designs, Inc., a provider of system-on-chip solutions, including as Lead Independent Director since January 2014 and Chairman of the Audit Committee since 2015. He has also served on Board of Directors of A10 Network since February 2020 and was named Chairman of their Audit Committee in June 2020. In addition, Mr. Dodson serves as a director of two private entities: a charitable organization and a privately held for-profit company. He holds a B.B.A. degree with dual majors in Accounting and Information Systems Analysis and Design from the University of Wisconsin-Madison.

Elizabeth King, 62, has served as Quantum’s Chief Revenue Officer since March 2019. Prior to Quantum, from January 2017 to February 2019, she was Vice President, Go-to-Market & Enablement, HPC & AI at HPE. She joined HPE as part of the quarterHPE’s acquisition of SGI, where she served as SVP of worldwide sales from January 2014 through December 2016. Prior to reach its lowest levelsHPE/SGI, she was vice president of strategic alliances for IBM and global systems integrators at the end of that same quarter, by which time significant shipments have occurred. As a result, our backlog asJuniper Networks from June 2010 to January 2014. Prior to Juniper, she was vice president and general manager of the endHitachi Server Group of any fiscal quarterHitachi Data Systems. She also held key senior sales, business development and operations roles at Nokia (formerly Alcatel-Lucent), Oracle (formerly Sun Microsystems), Raytheon, and Texas Instruments. Ms. King holds an MBA with honors from the University of Dallas and a Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering from Lehigh University.

Lewis Moorehead, 48, has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since October 2018. Prior to joining Quantum, Mr. Moorehead was the Director of Finance, Accounting and Tax at Carvana, Co., a publicly traded on-line retailer, from November 2016 to October 2018. From September 2004 to October 2016, he served as Managing Partner at Quassey, an investment firm. While at Quassey, he also served as Vice President of Finance and Principal Accounting Officer at Limelight Networks, a NASDAQ-listed global content delivery network and SaaS provider, from March 2010 to August 2013. He has also held finance and accounting positions at eTelecare Global Solutions, Rivers and Moorehead PLLC, Intelligentias, Inc., American Express and PricewaterhouseCoopers. He holds a Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.), cum laude, in Accounting from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.

Regan MacPherson, 57, joined Quantum in October 2019 as Chief Legal & Compliance Officer. Prior to joining Quantum, she was the Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer at Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. from June 2017 to October 2019. Ms. MacPherson served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Seagate Technology, PLC from March 2016 to June 2017. Ms. MacPherson also served as Vice President and Interim General Counsel from August 2015 to March 2016, Deputy General Counsel from September 2013 to August 2015, in addition to varying roles of increasing responsibility from July 2005 to September 2013, at Seagate Technology plc. Ms. MacPherson holds a Juris Doctor from Southwestern Law School and a Bachelor of Arts in political science from San Francisco State University.

Don Martella, 52, joined Quantum in August 2006 as Vice President, Tape Automation Engineering in connection with Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In April 2011, he assumed his current role as Senior Vice President of Engineering. In that capacity he is not materialresponsible for our research and is notdevelopment and advanced manufacturing activities. Before joining Quantum, Mr. Martella held leadership positions in R&D and Quality at ADIC; and engineering and management roles at Oracle (formerly StorageTek) in the tape business. Mr. Martella holds a predictormaster's in business administration and a Bachelor of future sales.Science in electrical and computer engineering from the University of Colorado.

Employees
We had approximately 1,150 employees worldwide as
As of March 31, 2017.2020, we had 829 employees.
Available Information

We were founded in 1980 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1987.

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website at http:https://www.quantum.com generally when such reports are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)SEC website. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy, and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
Reverse Stock Split
On April 18, 2017, we effected a 1-for-8 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). Our stock began to trade on a post-split basis on April 19, 2017. Par value of the Company's common stock was unchanged as a result of the Reverse Stock Split remaining at $0.01 per share. All shares and per share data for fiscal 2017 and comparative historical periods included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our Consolidated Financial Statements and related footnotes, have been adjusted to account for the effect of the Reverse Stock Split.
Executive Officers and Management Team
Following are the names and positions of our management team as of May 25, 2017, including a brief account of the business experience of each.

NamePosition with Quantum
Jon W. Gacek*President and Chief Executive Officer
Fuad Ahmad*Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
William C. Britts*Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Marketing
Robert S. Clark*Senior Vice President, Product Operations
Shawn D. Hall*Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Don MartellaSenior Vice President, Engineering
Geoff StedmanSenior Vice President, Products and Solutions
Bassam TabbaraChief Technology Officer

* Determined by the Board of Directors to be an “officer” for the purposes of Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act.
Mr. Gacek became President and Chief Executive Officer in April 2011. He served as a member of the Board of Directors from April 2011 until April 2017. He joined Quantum as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of Advanced Digital Information Corporation (“ADIC”) and was promoted to Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer in June 2009. Previously, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at ADIC from 1999 to 2006 and also led Operations during his last three years at ADIC. Prior to ADIC, Mr. Gacek was an audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and led the Technology Practice in the firm’s Seattle office. While at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, he assisted several private equity investment firms with a number of mergers, acquisitions, leveraged buyouts and other transactions.
Mr. Ahmad joined Quantum as Chief Financial Officer in April 2016. Mr. Ahmad has been a partner with FLG Partners, a consulting firm providing interim and permanent financial leadership services, since 2013 and has been advising various companies on matters ranging from scaling their operations and growth and financing strategies to restructuring and reorganizations. Prior to FLG Partners, from 2010 to 2012, he was Chief Financial Officer of Sezmi Inc. a provider of cloud-based, turnkey video solutions for personalized and multi-screen offerings serving telecommunications, media/content and ISP companies. From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Ahmad was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Globalstar Inc., an industry-leading provider of mobile satellite voice and data services.
Mr. Britts joined Quantum as Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. He served in this position until June 2011, when he assumed the role of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, Service and Business Development. From April 2012 until April 2015, Mr. Britts was also responsible for Operations. In July 2013, he was named Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Marketing. Prior to Quantum, he spent 12 years at ADIC, where he held numerous leadership positions, including Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing, Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Director of Marketing. Before ADIC, Mr. Britts served in a number of marketing and sales positions at Raychem Corp. and its subsidiary, Elo TouchSystems.
Mr. Clark joined Quantum as Director of Tape Products in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In March 2009, he was promoted to Vice President with responsibility for various product lines, as well as business operations and OEM sales. In April 2010, he was named Senior Vice President, Tape and OEM Product Group (subsequently reorganized as Disk and Tape Backup Product Group). In January 2014, Mr. Clark assumed additional responsibility for all Quantum products in a newly named Product Operations organization. In April 2015, Mr. Clark also assumed responsibility for both Operations and Service. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Clark was at HP for 10 years in various engineering and sales positions.
Mr. Hall joined Quantum in 1999 as Corporate Counsel, became Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2001 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in May 2009. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Hall worked at the law firms of Skadden, Arps and Willkie Farr & Gallagher, where he practiced in the areas of mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance, representing numerous public and private technology companies.
Mr. Martella joined Quantum as Vice President, Automation Engineering in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In June 2010, he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Platform Engineering, and in April 2011 assumed his current role. Before joining Quantum, Mr. Martella served as a Vice President of Engineering and Quality at ADIC, where he spent five years in various leadership positions. Previously, he held engineering positions in the storage and process control industries.
Mr. Stedman joined Quantum as Senior Vice President, scale-out tiered storage Solutions in March 2014. From March 2012 to February 2014, Mr. Stedman served as vice president of marketing at Tintri, Inc., a storage company specifically focused on virtualized applications, and he was senior vice president and general manager of the Storage Business Unit at Harmonic, Inc., a company that develops and markets video routing, server and storage products. He joined Harmonic in conjunction with its

acquisition of Omneon, Inc. where he spent seven years as senior vice president of worldwide marketing. Before Omneon, Mr. Stedman held marketing positions at several technology companies.
Mr. Tabbara joined Quantum as Executive Director, Cloud Services, in August 2014, in conjunction with Quantum’s acquisition of Symform’s cloud storage services platform. In July 2015, he was promoted to Chief Technology Officer with responsibility for driving the company’s long-term technology strategy to capitalize on new market opportunities. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Tabbara was the CTO and co-founder of Symform from November 2007 to July 2014. Before Symform, Mr. Tabbbara spent 12 years at Microsoft, where he worked on a number of key initiatives, including Microsoft Research, MSN, Windows, Visual Studio and System Center. Mr. Tabbara holds more than 30 patents.


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW, TOGETHER WITH ALL OF THE OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K. THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES FACING QUANTUM. ADDITIONAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT PRESENTLY KNOWN TO US OR THAT WE CURRENTLY BELIEVE ARE INSIGNIFICANT MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS. THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K CONTAINS “FORWARD-LOOKING” STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. PLEASE SEE PART 1 OF THIS REPORT FOR ADDITIONAL DISCUSSION OF THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information in this Annual Report, before investing in any of our securities. The occurrence of any single risk or any combination of risks could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, liquidity, or competitive position, and consequently, the value of our securities. The material adverse effects include, but are not limited to, not growing our revenue or market share at the pace that they have grown historically or at all, our revenue and market share fluctuating on a quarterly and annual basis, an extension of our history of losses and a failure to become profitable, not achieving the revenue and net income (loss) guidance that we provide, and harm to our reputation and brand.
We derive significant revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future
The recent COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect our business, results of operations dependand financial condition.

The COVID-19 pandemic and efforts to control its spread have impacted and will continue to impact our workforce and operations, and those of our strategic partners, customers, suppliers and logistics providers. These impacts have included and may include under-absorbed overhead, increased logistics and other costs and decreased product output. While our third-party partners are all currently operational, in partsome cases with exemptions from government restrictions, this is subject to change based on continued market acceptanceevolving conditions related to the pandemic.

The effects of the pandemic are uncertain and usedifficult to predict, but may include:

Further disruptions to our supply chain, our operations or those of our strategic partners, customers or suppliers caused by employees or others contracting COVID-19, or governmental orders to contain the spread of COVID-19 such as travel restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, trade controls, and business shutdowns;
A global economic downturn or a recession causing a decrease in short- or long-term demand for our products, employing tape technology,resulting in industry oversupply and decreases of average selling prices (“ASPs”), which would negatively impact our sales and profitability;
Deterioration of worldwide credit markets that may limit our ability or increase our cost to obtain external financing to fund our operations and capital expenditures and result in a higher rate of losses on our accounts receivables due to customer credit defaults;
Extreme volatility in financial markets which has and may continue to adversely impact our stock price and our ability to access the market have materiallyfinancial markets on acceptable terms, or at all;
Increased data security and adversely impactedtechnology risk as many employees transition to work from home arrangements, including possible outages to systems and technologies critical to remote work and increased data privacy risk with cybercriminals attempting to take advantage of the disruption; and
Management’s ongoing commitment of significant time, attention and resources to respond to the pandemic.

The degree to which the pandemic ultimately impacts our business financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and results of operations couldwill depend on future developments beyond our control which are highly uncertain and cannot be materiallypredicted at this time, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, the extent of actions to contain or treat COVID-19, the effectiveness of government stimulus programs, any possible resurgence of COVID-19 that may occur after the initial outbreak subsides, how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating activity can resume, and the severity and duration of the global economic downturn that results from the pandemic. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affected.
We currently derive significant revenue from products that incorporate some form of tape technology, and we expect to continue to derive significant revenue from these products in the next several years. As a result, our future results of operations depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology. We believe that the storage environment is changing, including reduced demand for tape products. Decreased market acceptance or use of products employing tape technology has materially and adversely impactedaffects our business and financial condition and results, it may also have the effect of operations and we expect that our revenues from tape products will continue to decline, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations in the future.
Disk products as well as various software solutions and alternative technologies continue to gain broader market acceptance. We expect that, over time,heightening many of the other risks described in more detail in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to adverse global or regional conditions, our tape customers will continue to migrate toward these products and solutions and that revenue from these products and solutions will generate a greater proportion of our revenue. While we are making targeted investments in software, disk backup systems and other alternative technologies, these markets are characterized by rapid innovation, evolvinghighly competitive industry, supply chain disruption, customer demands and strong competition, including competition with several companies who are also significant customers. If we are not successful in our efforts, we may not be able to retain customers or attract new customersdemand conditions and our business, financial conditionability to forecast demand, cost saving initiatives, our indebtedness and results of operations could be materiallyliquidity, and adversely affected.cyber-attacks.

We have significant indebtedness, which imposes upon us debt service obligations, and our term loan and credit facility contains various operating and financial covenants that limit our discretion in the operation of our business. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations and overall results of operations to meet these debt obligations or remain in compliance with the covenants, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our level of indebtedness presents significant risks to our business and investors, both in terms of the constraints that it places on our ability to operate our business and because of the possibility that we may not generate

sufficient cash and results of operations to remain in compliance with our covenants and pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness as it becomes due. We recently failed to meet certain financial covenants in our debt agreements, which could have resulted in a default under these agreements if we had not obtained a waiver of noncompliance from our lenders. For further description of our outstanding debt, see the section captioned “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 “Management’sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
As a result of our indebtedness:
Our ability to invest in the growth areas ofgrowing our business is constrained by the financial covenants contained in our credit facility, which require us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and liquidity levels;
We must dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow from operations and other capital resources to debt service, thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development and other cash requirements;
Our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes and opportunities in the markets in which we compete may be limited, including our ability to engage in mergers and acquisitions activity, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;
We are subject to mandatory field audits and control of cash receipts by the lenders if we do not maintain liquidity above certain thresholds;
We may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions; and
We may be unable to make payments on other indebtedness or obligations.


Our credit facility contains restrictive covenants that require us to comply with and maintain certain liquidity levels and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, as well as restrict our ability, subject to certain thresholds, to:
Incur debt;
Incur liens;
Make acquisitions of businesses or entities or sell certain assets;
Make investments, including loans, guarantees and advances;
Engage in transactions with affiliates;
Pay dividends or engage in stock repurchases; and
Enter into certain restrictive agreements.

The recent weakness we have seenexperienced for several years in the generalmarket for our storage, back up and backup market, and the resulting underperformance of our data protection business, which is the primary driver of our overall cash flow and operating income, has placed increased pressure on our ability to meet our liquidity and fixed charge coverage ratio covenants. In recent periods, our business has declined due, in part, to the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result, we fell out of compliance with certain financial covenants, including, for example, the total net leverage ratio and total leverage ratio covenants for the fourth fiscal quarter period ending March 31, 2020. We have taken steps and are making changesreceived a waiver from our lenders for the noncompliance of these covenants. In June 2020, we amended our debt agreements to revise our financial covenants in light of currently expected business levels under current market conditions, including the negative impact of COVID-19. These amendments required us to make significant payments to our business designedlenders, including approximately $1.0 million and to ensureissue 3,400,000 warrants that are exercisable for shares of our results of operations are sufficientcommon stock, which when exercised will result in significant dilution to our stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, we also incurred significant costs related to advisors, attorneys and accountants. We believe we will be able to meet these covenants in the future, but if we are not successful in implementing these changes or our financial results turn out to be lower than expected, we may violatebreach a covenant, which could result in a default under our credit facility agreements.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal, of, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness, including the convertible notes, or to make cash payments in connection with our convertible notes or our credit facility, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Further, as our indebtedness reaches maturity, we will be required to make large cash payments or adopt one or more alternatives, such as restructuring indebtedness or obtaining additional debt or equity financing on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to restructure or refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may be unable to incur additional debt or refinance our existing debt on acceptable terms, if at all.

Our credit facility is collateralized by a pledge of substantially all of our assets. If we were to default and were unable to obtain a waiver for such a default, the lenders would have a right to foreclose on our assets in order to satisfy our obligations under

these agreements. Any such action on the part of the lenders against us could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with entering into our credit facilities and certain amendments to our prior credit facilities, we were required to issue warrants to purchase our common stock to our lenders. When exercised, these warrants will result in significant dilution to our stockholders. As a result, the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of our outstanding warrants may cause our stock price to decline.

We have previously identified deficiencies in our control environment and financial reporting process that resulted in material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and previously concluded that our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2020, we remediated these material weaknesses and have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. However, if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, material misstatements in our financial statements could occur and impair our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements and could adversely affect investor confidence in our financial reports, which could negatively affect our business.

We have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2020. However, in our prior fiscal year and as of March 31, 2019, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures were not effective due to the existence of material weaknesses in our control environment, financial reporting process and internal control over financial reporting. We restated our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures for the year ended March 31, 2017, and restated each of the quarterly periods related to the three months ended June 30, 2017 and the three- and six-month periods ended September 30, 2017, following the identification of misstatements as a result of an internal investigation that we concluded in fiscal 2020. This prior restatement and our ineffective internal control over financial reporting damaged our reputation, caused us to incur a significant amount of costs and resulted in the distraction of our management team from the operation of our business. We cannot provide assurance that the material weaknesses and deficiencies that we identified as of March 31, 2019 will not reoccur, or that additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting will not arise or be identified in the future. We intend to continue to monitor the tone at the top of our organization, our financial reporting process, and our operational, information technology, financial systems, compliance and infrastructure procedures and controls. We also intend to continue to expand, train, retain and manage our personnel who are essential to effective internal control and compliance. In doing so, we will continue to incur expenses and expend management time.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements and we could be required to restate our financial results in the future. Moreover, because of the inherent limitations of any control system, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, or at all. If we are unable to provide reliable and timely financial reports in the future, our business and reputation may be further harmed. Restated financial statements and failures in internal control may also cause us to fail to meet reporting obligations or debt covenants, negatively affect investor confidence in our management and the accuracy of our financial statements and disclosures, or result in adverse publicity and concerns from investors, any of which could have a negative effect on the price of our common stock, subject us to further regulatory investigations and penalties or stockholder litigation, and materially and adversely impact our business and financial condition.

Risks Related to our Business Operations

We derive significant revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future results of operations depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products incorporating tape technology; in the past, decreases in the market have materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable to compete with the introduction of new storage technologies by other companies, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We currently derive significant revenue from products that incorporate some form of tape technology, and we expect to continue to derive significant revenue from these products in the next several years. As a result, our future results of operations depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology. We believe that the storage environment is changing, including reduced demand for tape products.

Decreased market acceptance or use of products employing tape technology has materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and results of operations, and we expect that our revenues from certain types of tape products could continue to decline, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations in the future.

Disk and solid-state products, as well as various software solutions and alternative technologies such as crystal and organic material-based storage have been announced by other companies. We expect that, over time, many of our tape customers could migrate toward our other products and solutions and that revenue from these other products and solutions will generate a greater proportion of our revenue in the future. While we are making targeted investments in software, disk backup systems and other alternative technologies, these markets are characterized by rapid innovation, evolving customer demands and strong competition, including competition with several companies who are also significant customers. If we are not successful in our efforts, we may not be able to retain customers or attract new customers, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.


We may not be entitled to forgiveness of our recently received Paycheck Protection Program loan, and our application for the Paycheck Protection Program loan could in the future be determined to have been impermissible, which could result in the imposition on us of fines and other penalties, or could result in damage to our reputation.

On April 13, 2020 we entered into a Paycheck Protection Term Note for a principal amount of $10,000,000, or the PPP Loan, under the Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, of the recently enacted Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act. We have used all of the proceeds from the PPP Loan to maintain our employees and their current salaries in the United States. The PPP Loan has a two-year term and bears annual interest at a rate of 1.0%. Payments of principal and interest on the PPP Loan will be deferred for no longer than ten months from loan origination. Thereafter, we are required to pay the lender equal monthly payments of principal and interest.

The CARES Act and the PPP provide a mechanism for forgiveness of up to the full amount borrowed. Under the PPP, we may apply for and be granted forgiveness for all or part of the PPP Loan. The amount of loan proceeds eligible for forgiveness is based on a formula that takes into account a number of factors, including the amount of loan proceeds used by us during a specified period after receipt of the loan proceeds for certain purposes, including payroll costs, interest on certain mortgage obligations, rent payments on certain leases, and certain qualified utility payments, provided that at least 60% of the loan amount is used for eligible payroll costs. Subject to the other requirements and limitations on loan forgiveness, only loan proceeds spent on payroll and other eligible costs during the covered period will qualify for forgiveness. We will be required to repay any portion of the outstanding principal that is not forgiven, along with accrued interest, in accordance with the amortization schedule described above, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will be eligible for loan forgiveness, that we will ultimately apply for forgiveness, or that any amount of the PPP Loan will ultimately be forgiven by the U.S. Small Business Administration, or the SBA.

In order to apply for the PPP Loan, we were required to certify, among other things, that the current economic uncertainty made the PPP Loan request necessary to support our ongoing operations. We made this certification in good faith after analyzing, among other things, our financial situation and access to alternative forms of capital, and believe that we satisfied all eligibility criteria for the PPP Loan, and that our receipt of the PPP Loan is consistent with the spirit and broad objectives of the PPP and of the CARES Act. The certification described above does not contain any objective criteria and is subject to interpretation. On April 23, 2020, the SBA issued guidance stating that it is unlikely that a public company with substantial market value and access to capital markets will be able to make the required certification in good faith. In addition, the SBA stated its intent to audit the PPP Loan application of any company, like us, that received proceeds under the PPP of more than $2 million. Additionally, on May 8, 2020, we were one of five publicly traded companies to receive a letter from the United States House of Representatives’ Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Crisis, or the Subcommittee, requesting that we return the PPP Loan proceeds, and if we did not return the proceeds, requiring us to produce to the Subcommittee specified documentation related to our PPP Loan. We intend to cooperate fully with the Subcommittee’s review of our PPP Loan. There has also been significant media coverage and controversy with respect to public companies applying for and receiving PPP loans. If we are later determined to have violated any of the laws or governmental regulations that apply to us in connection with the PPP Loan, such as the False Claims Act, or it is otherwise determined that we were ineligible to receive the PPP Loan, we may be subject to penalties, including significant

civil, criminal and administrative penalties and could be required to repay the PPP Loan in its entirety. In addition, receipt of a PPP Loan may result in adverse publicity and damage to our reputation. The Subcommittee’s review of our PPP Loan is requiring us to consume a significant amount of financial and management resources. In addition, any review or audit by the SBA or other government entity or claims under the False Claims Act, could consume additional significant financial and management resources. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


We rely on indirect sales channels to market and sell our branded products. Therefore, the loss of or deterioration in our relationship with one or more of our resellers or distributors, or our inability to establish new indirect sales channels to drive growth of our branded revenue, especially for disk backup systems and scale-out tiered storage, could negatively affect our results of operations.

We sell the majoritymost of our branded products to distributors such as Ingram Micro,Arrow Electronics, Inc. and others, value-added resellers (“VARs”)other VARs and direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”)DMRs such as CDW Corporation, who in turn sell our products to end users. We use different distributors, VARs and DMRs in different countries and regions in the world. The success of these sales channels is hard to predict, particularly over time, and we have no purchase commitments or long-term orders from them that assure us of any baseline sales through these channels. Several of our resellers carry competing product lines that they may promote over our products. A reseller might not continue to purchase our products or market them effectively, and each reseller determines the type and amount of our products that it will purchase from us and the pricing of the products that it sells to end user customers. Establishing new indirect sales channels is an important part of our strategy to drive growth of our branded revenue and as our business shifts toward our branded products, these indirect sales channels will have increasing importance to our business.
As
When we introduce new products and solutions, as we did in the last half of our fiscal year 2019, our relationship with channel partners that historically have sold other products and solutions and that now compete with our new offerings could be adversely impacted. For example, we introduced QXS hybrid storage beginningour new F-Series all-flash array and R-Series ruggedized products in fiscal 2016year 2019, causing us in some cases to more directly compete for primary storage sales with channel partners that soldsell other primary storage products.
Certain of our contracts with customers contain “most favored nation” pricing provisions mandating that we offer our products to these customers at the lowest price offered to other similarly situated customers. In addition, sales of our enterprise products, and the revenue associated with the on-site service of those products, are somewhat concentrated in specific customers, including government agencies and government-related companies. Any failure of such customers and agencies to continue purchasing products in the same quantities and in the same time frames as they have in the past could affect our results of operations.
Our results of operations could be adversely affected by any number of factors related to our channel partners, including:

A change in competitive strategy that adversely affects a reseller’s willingness or ability to distribute our products;
The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders or the return of a significant amount of products;
Our inability to gain traction in developing new indirect sales channels for our branded products;

The loss of one or more of such distributors or resellers;
Any financial difficulties of such distributors or resellers that result in their inability to pay amounts owed to us; or
Changes in requirements or programs that allow our products to be sold by third parties to government customers.
If our products fail to meet our or our customers’ specifications for quality and reliability, we may face liability and reputational or financial harm which may adversely impact our results of operations and our competitive position may suffer.
Although we place great emphasis on product quality, we may from time to time experience problems with the performance of our products, which could result in one or more of the following:
Increased costs related to fulfillment of our warranty obligations;
The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders or the return of a significant amount of products;
Focused failure analysis causing distraction of the sales, operations and management teams; or
The loss of reputation in the market and customer goodwill.
These factors could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially and adversely affected.
In addition, we face potential liability for performance problems of our products because our end users employ our storage technologies for the storage and backup of important data and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Loss of

this data could cost our customers significant amounts of money, directly and indirectly as a result of lost revenues, intellectual property, proprietary business information or other harm to their business. In some cases, the failure of our products may have been caused by third-party technology that we incorporate into our products. Even if failures are caused by third-party technology, we may be required to expend resources to address the failure and work with our customers to preserve our relationship with them. We could also potentially face claims for product liability from our customers if our products cause property damage or bodily injury. Although there are limitations of liability in our commercial agreements and we maintain technology errors and omissions liability and general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of these types or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or litigation costs that are not covered by insurance or is in excess of our limitation of liability or our insurance coverage could harm our business.

A largecertain percentage of our sales are to a few customers, some of which are also competitors, and these customers generally have no minimum or long-term purchase commitments. The loss of, or a significant reduction in demand from, one or more key customers could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our product sales have been and continue to be concentrated among a fewsmall number of our direct end-user customers because underand channel partners as a result of how we sell our products. Under our business model, we sell directly to OEMs,end user customers, through distributors, VARs and DMRs (which we collectively call our “channel partners”), as well as to reach end user customers. Furthermore,OEMs. We sell to many end-user customers and channel partners on purchase orders, not under the terms of a binding long-term procurement agreement. Accordingly, they generally are not obligated to purchase any minimum product volume, and our relationships with customersthem are terminable at will. RevenueIn addition, recently we have focused our direct-sales business on the largest users of hierarchical storage architectures, the so-called “Hyper-scalers”; there are very few of these extremely large storage customers. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019 no customers represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue. A significant reduction in orders from, OEM customers has decreased in recent years. If we experience further declines in revenue from OEM customers or anya loss of, our otherone or more large customers would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, certain of our large customers are also our competitors, and such customers could decide to reduce or terminate their purchases of our products for competitive reasons.operations.

Some of our tape and disk products are incorporated into larger storage systems or solutions that are marketed and sold to end users by large OEM customers as well as VARs, channel partners and other distributors.partners. Because of this, we have limited market access to thesethe end users limitingwho purchase from the OEMs and channel partners, which limits our ability to reachinfluence the end users’ purchasing decisions and influenceto forecast their purchasing decisions.future purchases of our products. Revenue from OEM customers has decreased in recent years. Certain of our large OEM customers are also our competitors, and such customers could decide to reduce or terminate their purchases of our products for competitive reasons. These market conditions furtherincrease our reliance on these OEM and other large customers such as distributors and VARs.channel partners. Thus, if they were to significantly reduce, cancela significant reduction, delay or delaycancellation of their orders with us would materially and adversely affect our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.operations.

A portion of our sales are to various agencies and departments of the U.S. federal government, and funding cuts to federal spending can adversely impact our revenue. The American Taxpayer Relief ActIn the past, we have experienced the impact of 2012 implemented automaticreduced government spending cuts beginning March 1, 2013. Between October 1, 2013 and October 16, 2013, the U.S.temporary government partial shutdown caused reductions, cancellations and delayed orders.shutdowns on our sales to government agencies. Future spending cuts by the U.S. federal government, temporary shutdowns of the U.S. federal government or changes in its procurement processes or criteria could decrease revenue fromour sales to the federal government thatand could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our results of operations depend on acontinuing and increasing market acceptance of our existing limited number of products and on new product introductions, which may not be successful, in which case our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to rapid technological change in the industry, our future results of operations depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products. To compete effectively, we must continually improve existing products and introduce new ones. We have devoted and expect to continue to devote considerable management and financial resources to these efforts. Since July 2018, we have introduced several new products that are designed to solve a variety of our customers’ pressing needs. Those products include:

F-Series: an all-flash NVMe storage array – designed for the most demanding media workloads
R-Series: a ruggedized in-vehicle storage array purpose-built for autonomous vehicle development (to ingest large number of data streams) or for transportation surveillance applications;

VS-Series: a highly resilient, hyper-converged surveillance storage system that meets all the needs of security teams; and
Distributed Cloud Services: a set of Quantum services that offers cloud-like simplicity and economics for on-premise environments.

We have seen market interest in each of these new product lines; however, we cannot provide assurance that:
We will introduce new products in the time frame we are forecasting;
We will not experience technical, quality, performance-related or other difficulties that could prevent or delay the introduction and market acceptance of new products;
Our new products will achieve market acceptance and significant market share, or that the markets for these products will continue or grow as we have anticipated;
Our new products will be successfully or timely qualified with our customers by meeting customer performance and quality specifications which must occur before customers will place large product orders; or
We will achieve high volume production of these new products in a timely manner, if at all.all;
We will introduce additional new products in the time frame we are forecasting; or
We will not experience technical, quality, performance-related or other difficulties that could prevent or delay the introduction and market acceptance of new products.

If we are not successful in timely completion of our new product qualifications and then ramping sales to our key customers, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely impacted. In addition, if the quality of our products is not acceptable to our customers, this could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue and increased warranty and repair costs.

We continue to face risks related to economic uncertainty and slow economic growth.

Uncertainty about economic conditions, particularly under the current circumstances caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, poses a risk as businesses may further reduce or postpone spending in response to reduced budgets, tightening of credit markets, negative financial news and declines in income or asset values which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The slowvolatile economic growthconditions in recent years along with periods of economic uncertainty in various countries around the world has had a material and adverse impact on our business and our financial condition.
In particular, we have experienced reduced demandmade planning more difficult for IT products and services overall and more specifically for products with tape technology in the data protection market.us. We continue to face risks related to uncertain tariff levels between countries where our products are manufactured and where they are sold, unstable political and economic conditions in Europe, including concerns about sovereign debt, and uncertainty related to the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union and related political matters, which could negatively impact the U.S. and global economies and adversely affect our financial results. In addition, we may not be able to access capital markets in the near-term or our ability to access capital markets may be restricted,restricted. We will not be eligible to use a common short-form registration statement on Form S-3, which would better enable us to access capital markets, until November 2020. Our inability to access capital markets in an effective and efficient manner could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions and could also materially and adversely affect our results ofability to sustain our operations and financial condition.at their current levels.

Competition may intensifyis intensifying in the data storage and protection market as a result of competitors introducing products based on new technology standards and merger and acquisition activity, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our competitors in the data storage and protection market for disk backup systems and virtual machine solutions are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and products to compete against our technologies and products andproducts; consequently, we face the risk that customers could choose competitor products over ours. Competition in our markets is characterized by technological innovation and advancement. As a result of competition and new technology standards, our sales or gross margins could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Some of those competitors, such as IBM, HPE, Seagate Technology and others, are much larger and have more diverse product offerings, and aggressively compete based on their reputations and greater size.

Technological developments and competition over the years in the tape automation market, and in the storage market in general, have resulted in decreased prices for tape automation products and our other product offerings. Pricing pressure is more pronounced in the tape automation market for entry-level products and less pronounced for enterprise products. Over time, the prices of our products and competitor products have decreased, but such products often incorporate new and/or different features and technologies thanfrom what we offered in prior years. We face risks that customers could choose competitorcompetitors’ products over ours due to these features and technologies or

due to pricing differences. We have managedaddress pricing pressure in three ways: first, by reducing production costs and/orcosts; second, by adding features to increase value to maintain a certain level of gross margin for our tape automation systems. However, certainsystems; and third, by selling the overall value of our costs are fixedtechnologies in solving the customer’s business challenges thereby changing the conversation from a pricing negotiation to a value discussion. However, short term so wecost reduction efforts, and the value discussions may not be able to offset price decreases or reductions in demand sufficiently to maintain our profitability.yield new sales. In addition, if competition further intensifies, or if there is additional industry consolidation, our sales and gross margins for tape automation systems could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Industry consolidation and competing technologies with device products, which include tape drives and removable hard drives, have resulted in decreased prices and increasingly commoditized device products. We have exited certain portions of the device market and as a result have realized decreased sales of devices. We face risk of reduced shipments of our devices beyond our plans and could have reduced margins on these products, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, the competitive landscape in the data storage and protection market could continue to change due to merger and acquisition activity in the data protection market.activity. Such transactions may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:
Competitors
competitors consolidating, having greater resources and becoming more competitive with us;
Companiescompanies that we have not historically competed against entering into one or more of our primary markets and increasing competition in such market(s);
Customerscustomers that are also competitors becoming more competitive with us and/or reducing their purchase of our products; and
Competitorscompetitors acquiring our current suppliers or business partners and negatively impacting our business model.

These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market because whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact, or whether it will happen at all, are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Competition in the scale-out storage market is intense and introduction by competitors of products based on new technology standards and market consolidation could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Competition in the scale-out storage market is characterized by technological innovation and advancement, including performance and scale features, and our competitors are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and solutions. If we are unable to compete effectively in these markets and develop solutions that have features and technologies that our customers desire, including new technology standards, our sales from software solutions and appliances could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, the competitive landscape could change due to mergers and acquisitions among our competitors, customers and partners. Transactions such as these may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:
Competitors consolidating, having greater resources and becoming more competitive with us;
Companies that we have not historically competed against entering into one or more of our primary markets and increasing competition in such market(s);
Customers that are also competitors becoming more competitive with us and/or reducing their purchase of our products; and
Competitors acquiring our current suppliers or business partners and negatively impacting our business model.
These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market, because whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A significant decline in our media royalty or branded software revenues could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our media royalties orand branded software revenues aregenerate relatively profitablegreater profit margins than some of our other products, and can significantly impact total companyour overall profitability. We receive media royalty revenue based on tape media cartridges sold by various tape media manufacturers and resellers. Under our patent and technology license agreements with these companies, each of the licensees determines the pricing and number of units of tape media cartridges that it sells. Our media royalty revenue varies depending on the level of sales of the various media cartridge offerings sold by the licensees and other factors, including:

The continued use by our customers of tape media for storage;
The size of the installed base of devices and similar products that use tape media cartridges;
The performance of our strategic licensing partners, which sell tape media cartridges;
The relative growth in units of newer device products, since the associated media cartridges for newer products typically sell at higher prices than the media cartridges associated with older products;
The media consumption habits and rates of end users;
The pattern of device retirements; and
The level of channel inventories.inventories; and
Our media royalties dependagreement on royalty rates andstandards for newer generations of the quantity of media consumed in the market. We do not control licensee sales of these tape media cartridges. Reducedthat generates our royalty rates, or a reduced installed device base using tape media cartridges, wouldrevenue.

result in further reductions in our media royalty revenue and could reduce gross margins. This could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our branded software revenues are also dependent on many factors, including the success of competitive offerings, our ability to execute on our product roadmap and our effectiveness at marketing and selling our branded software solutions directly or through our channel partners. Disruptions to any one of these factors could reduce our branded software revenues, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Some of our products contain licensed, third-party technology that provides important product functionality and features. The loss or inability to obtain any such license could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Certain of our products contain technology licensed from third parties that provides important product functionality and features. We have contractual protections within our license agreements to help mitigate against the risks of incorporating this third-party technology into our products. However, there remains a risk that we may not have continued access to this technology, for instance, if the licensing company ceased to exist, either from bankruptcy, dissolution or purchase by a competitor. In some cases, we may seek to enforce our contractual protections via litigation against the licensing company itself, which may cause us to incur significant legal or other costs and may not be resolved in our favor. Other legal actions, such as intellectual property actions, brought against the licensing company could also impact our future access to the technology. We also have limited visibility or control of the technology roadmap at the licensing company and cannot ensure that the licensing company will advance the roadmap of the licensed technology in the manner best for Quantum.us. Any of these actions could negatively impact our technology licensing, thereby reducing the functionality and/or features of our products, and could

materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also face the risk of not being able to quickly implement a replacement technology or otherwise mitigate the risks associated with not having access to this licensed technology, which may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have taken considerable steps towards reducing our cost structure and may take further cost reduction actions.structure. The steps we have taken and may take in the future may not reduce our cost structure to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales and therefore, these anticipated cost reductions may be insufficient to result in consistentachieve profitability.

In the last several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges and made cash payments in order to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses to respond to adverse economic and industry conditions, fromto execute strategic management decisions and to rationalize our operations following acquisitions. In the third quarter ofDuring fiscal 2016 and the first quarter of fiscal 2017,years 2018 through 2020 we have implemented restructuring plans which we refer to as the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan and the Fiscal 2017 April Restructuring Plan, respectively, to eliminate certain positions in the U.S. and internationally.internationally and to exit certain locations. These restructuring plans may result in decreases to our revenues or adversely affect our ability to grow our business in the future. Workforce reductions may also adversely affect employee morale and our ability to retain our employees. We may take future steps to further reduce our operating costs, including future cost reduction steps or restructurings in response to strategic decisions, adverse changes in our business or industry or future acquisitions. We may be unable to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses at a rate and to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from these restructuring plans within the expected time frame is subject to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Since May 2018, we have hired almost an entirely new executive team, including a new CEO and new CFO. In addition, prior year restructurings and the events that led to our restatement have resulted in a significant loss of employees. If we are unable to attractintegrate our new executives, as well as retain skilled executives and retain skilledother employees, our business could be materially and adversely impacted.

In May of 2018, we hired a new CFO, and in July 2018, we hired a new CEO. Since that time, we have hired several other new senior executives in many areas of our business, including sales, supply chain management, finance and legal. These changes were due in part to the events that caused us to restate our financial statements for the past several years. In addition, in fiscal 2016, 2017 and 2018, we laid off employees in order to reduce costs in response to declining sales. All of these factors have increased the possibility that employees may decide to leave our company to pursue their careers elsewhere.

We may not be able to integrate all of our new executives successfully. Further, we may be subject to increasedcontinued turnover in our employee base or the inability to fill open headcount requisitions due to competition, concerns about our operational performance, business culture or other factors. In addition, we may need to rely on the performance of employees whose skill sets are not sufficiently developed to fulfill their expected job responsibilities. EitherAny of these situations could disrupt our business, prevent us from implementing the policy and process changes advocated by new management, and otherwise impair or delay our ability to realize operational and strategic objectives and cause increased expenses and lost sales opportunities.
Additionally, over the last several years, we made certain changes in our strategic direction focusing on key technology segments. As part of this change in focus, we reduced costs of revenue and other operating expenses. Executing on this new strategic direction as well as the ongoing efficiency initiatives across the company, such as the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan and the Fiscal 2017 April Restructuring Plan could adversely affect our ability to retain and hire key personnel and may result in reduced productivity by our employees. Further, our stock price has declined in recent years, reducing the retentive value of our equity compensation. If employees and potential employees do not view our equity compensation as valuable, we may have difficulty retaining or hiring key personnel.

The loss of the services of any of our key employees, the inability to attract or retain qualified talent in the future, or delays in hiring required talent, particularly sales and engineering talent, could delay the development and introduction of our products or services and/or negatively affect our ability to sell our products or services.
Third party
If we do not successfully manage the changes that we have made and may continue to make to our infrastructure and management, our business could be disrupted, and that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Managing change is an important focus for us. In recent years, we have implemented several significant initiatives involving our sales and marketing, product engineering and operations organizations, aimed at increasing our efficiency and better aligning these groups with our corporate strategy. In addition, we have reduced headcount to streamline and consolidate our supporting functions as appropriate in response to market or competitive conditions

and following past acquisitions and have increased our reliance on certain third-party business relationships. If we are unable to successfully manage the changes that we implement and detect and address issues as they arise, our business could be disrupted, and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted.

Third-party intellectual property infringement claims could result in substantial liability and significant costs, and, as a result, our business, financial condition and resultresults of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

From time to time, third parties allege that our infringement of and need for a license underproducts infringe their patented or other proprietary technology such as our currentand demand that we purchase a license from them. For example, we are currently in patent litigation with Crossroads Systems, Inc. and Realtime Data LLC d/b/a IXO, which has been stayed, described in Part II, Item 1 “Legal Proceedings.” While we currently believe the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to any such actions will not materially affect our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity, theNote 10: Commitments and Contingencies. The ultimate outcome of any license discussion or litigation, including the Realtime litigation, is uncertain. Adverse resolution of any third partythird-party infringement claim could subject us to substantial liabilities and require us to refrain from manufacturing and selling certain products. In addition, the costs incurred in intellectual property litigation can be substantial, regardless of the outcome. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property or if others use our proprietary technology without authorization, our competitive position may suffer.

Our future success and ability to compete depends in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secrets laws and nondisclosure agreements to establish and protect our proprietary technology. However, we cannot provide assurance that patents will be issued with respect to pending or future patent applications that we have filed or plan to file or that our patents will be upheld as valid or will prevent the development of competitive products or that any actions we have taken will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, customers, potential customers, contract manufacturers and others as required, in which we strictly limit access to, and distribution of, our software and further limit the disclosure and use of our proprietary information.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or use our products or technology. Enforcing our intellectual property rights can sometimes only be accomplished through the use of litigation. Our competitors may also independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.

We license certain of our software under "open source"“open source” licenses. Because of the characteristics of open source software licenses, it may be relatively easy for competitors, some of whom have greater resources than we have, to enter our markets and compete with us.

One of the characteristics of open source software is that the source code for our open source projects is publicly available, and anyone who obtains copies has a license under certain of our intellectual property rights, which, depending on the license, may include certain of our patents, to modify and redistribute the software and use it to compete in the marketplace. Such competition can develop without the degree of overhead and lead time required by traditional proprietary software companies. It is possible for competitors to use our open source project software to develop their own software, potentially reducing the demand for our solution and putting price pressure on our subscription offerings. We cannot guarantee that competitive pressure or the availability of new open source software will not result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and loss of market share, any one of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition, we use our own open source project software in our proprietary products. As a result, there is a risk that we may inadvertently release as open source certain code that was intended to be kept as proprietary, that reveals confidential information regarding the inner workings of our proprietary products, or that could enable competitors to more readily reverse engineer or replicate aspects of our proprietary technology that we would otherwise protect as trade secrets. We may also accept contributions from third parties to our open source projects, and it may be difficult for us to accurately determine the origin of the contributions and whether their use, including in our proprietary products, infringes, misappropriates or violates third partythird-party intellectual property or other rights. The availability of certain of our own software in source code form may also enable others to detect and exploit security vulnerabilities in our products.

Our products may contain "open source" software and failure to comply with the terms of the open source license could have a material adverse effect on our competitive positions and financial results.
Certain products or technologies acquired or developed by us may include “open source” software. Open source software is typically licensed for use at no initial charge. Certain open source software licenses, however, require users of the open source software to license to others any software that is based on, incorporates or interacts with, the open source software under the terms of the open source license. Although we endeavor to comply fully with such requirements, third parties could claim that we are required to license larger portions of our software than we believe we are required to license under open source software licenses. If such claims were successful, they could adversely impact our competitive position and financial results by providing our competitors with access to sensitive information that may help them develop competitive products. In addition, our use of open source software may harm our business and subject us to intellectual property claims, litigation or proceedings in the future because:
Openopen source license terms may be ambiguous and may subject us to unanticipated obligations regarding our products, technologies and intellectual property;
Openopen source software generally cannot be protected under trade secret law; and
Itit may be difficult for us to accurately determine the origin of the open source code and whether the open source software infringes, misappropriates or violates third partythird-party intellectual property or other rights.

As a result of our global manufacturing and sales operations, we are subject to a variety of risks related to our business outside of the U.S., any of which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business.
A significant portion of our manufacturing and sales operations and supply chain occurs in countries other than the U.S. We also have sales outside the U.S. We utilize contract manufacturers to produce and fulfill orders for our products and have suppliers for various components, several of which have operations located in foreign countries including China, Hungary, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, Mexico, the Philippines and Thailand. Because of these operations, we are subject to a number of risks including:
Reduced or limited protection of our intellectual property;import and export duties and value-added taxes;
Compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting regulatory requirements and practices;
Commercial laws that favor local businesses;
Exposure to economic fluctuations including inflationary risk and continuing sovereign debt risk;
Shortages in component parts and raw materials;
Import,import, export and trade regulation changes that could erode our profit margins or restrict our ability to transport our products;
Thereduced or limited protection of our intellectual property;
compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting regulatory requirements and practices;
commercial laws that favor local businesses;
exposure to economic fluctuations including inflationary risk and continuing sovereign debt risk;
shortages in component parts and raw materials;
the burden and cost of complying with foreign and U.S. laws governing corporate conduct outside the U.S. including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act and other similar regulations;
Adverseadverse movement of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar (the currency in which our results are reported) and uncertain global economic conditions generally;
Inflexibleinflexible employee contracts and employment laws that may make it difficult to terminate or change the compensation structure for employees in some foreign countries in the event of business downturns;
Recruitingrecruiting employees in highly competitive markets and wage inflation in certain markets;
Potentialpotential restrictions on the transfer of funds between countries;
Politicalpolitical instability, military, social and infrastructure risks, especially in emerging or developing economies;
Import and export duties and value-added taxes;
Naturalnatural disasters, including earthquakes, flooding, typhoons and tsunamis;
pandemics and epidemics, including the impact of COVID-19, and governmental restrictions on the operation of businesses, travel and other restrictions, which may vary from country-to-country; and
Culturalcultural differences that affect the way we do business.
Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated significantly, and past quarterly results of operations should not be used to predict future performance.
Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated significantly in the past and could fluctuate significantly in the future. As a result, our quarterly results of operations should not be used to predict future performance. Quarterly results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
Fluctuationsfluctuations in IT spending as a result of economic conditions or fluctuations in U.S. federal government spending;
Failurefailure by our contract manufacturers to complete shipments in the last month of a quarter during which a substantial portion of our products are typically shipped;
Changeschanges in product mix;
Newnew product announcements by us or our competitors which may cause delays in purchasing;
Customerscustomers canceling, reducing, deferring or rescheduling significant orders as a result of excess inventory levels, weak economic conditions or other factors;
Seasonality,seasonality, including customer fiscal year-ends and budget availability impacting customer demand for our products;
Declinesdeclines in large orders (defined as orders greater than $200,000);
Declinesdeclines in royalty or software revenues;
Productproduct development and ramp cycles and product performance or quality issues of ours or our competitors;
Poorpoor execution of and performance against expected sales and marketing plans and strategies;
Reducedreduced demand from our OEM or distribution,distributors, VAR, DMR and other large customers;
Increasedincreased competition which may, among other things, increase pricing pressure or reduce sales;
Restructuringrestructuring actions or unexpected costs; and
Foreignforeign exchange fluctuations.
Our manufacturing, component production and service repair are outsourced to third-party contract manufacturers, component suppliers and service providers. If we fail to meetcannot obtain products, parts and services from these third parties in a cost effective and timely manner that meets our projected quarterly results,customers’ expectations, this could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operationsoperations.
Many aspects of our supply chain and operational results are dependent on the performance of third-party business partners. We use third-party contract manufacturers, service providers and/or product integrators in connection with our outsourced manufacturing model. We face a number of risks as a result of these relationships, including, among others:
Sole source of product supply

In many cases, our business partner may be the sole source of supply for the products or parts they manufacture, or the services they provide, for us. Because we are relying on one supplier, we are at greater risk of experiencing shortages, reduced production capacity or other delays in customer deliveries that could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost sales and increased expenses, each of which could materially damage customer relationships and adversely affected.result in lost revenue.

IfCost and purchase commitments

We may not be able to control the costs for the products our business partners manufacture for us or the services they provide to us. They procure inventory to build our products based upon a forecast of customer demand that we failprovide. We could be responsible for the financial impact on the contract manufacturer, supplier or service provider of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to protectmaterials that they had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require us to pay them for finished goods in excess of current customer demand or for excess or obsolete inventory and generally incur higher costs. As a result, we could experience reduced gross margins and operating losses based on these purchase commitments. With respect to service providers, although we have contracts for most of our intellectual property or if others usethird-party repair service vendors, the contract period may not be the same as the underlying service contract with our proprietary technology without authorization,customer. In such cases, we face risks that the third-party service provider may increase the cost of providing services over subsequent periods contracted with our competitive position may suffer.customer.


Financial condition and stability

Our future successthird-party business partners may suffer adverse financial or operational results or may be negatively impacted by global and abilitylocal economic conditions. Therefore, we may face interruptions in the supply of product components or service as a result of financial or other volatility affecting our supply chain. We could suffer production downtime or increased costs to compete dependsprocure alternate products or services as a result of the possible inadequate financial condition of one or more of our business partners.

Quality and supplier conduct

We have limited control over the quality of products and components produced and services provided by our supply chain and third-party contract manufacturing and service business partners. Therefore, the quality of the products, parts or services may not be acceptable to our customers and could result in partcustomer dissatisfaction, lost revenue and increased warranty costs. In addition, we have limited control over the manner in which our business partners conduct their business. Sub-tier suppliers selected by the primary third-party could have process control issues or could select components with latent defects that manifest over a longer period of time. We may face negative consequences or publicity as a result of a third-party’s failure to comply with applicable compliance, trade, environmental or employment regulations.
Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secrets laws and nondisclosure agreements to establish and protect our proprietary technology. However, we cannot provide assurance that patents will be issued with respect to pending or future patent applications that we have filed or plan to file or that our patents will be upheld as valid or will prevent the development of competitive products or that any actions we have taken will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, customers, potential customers, contract manufacturers and others as required, in which we strictly limit access to, and distribution of, our software and further limit the disclosure and use of our proprietary information.
Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or use our products or technology. Enforcing our intellectual property rights can sometimes only be accomplished through the use of litigation. Our competitors may also independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.business.
Because we may order components from suppliers in advance of receipt of customer orders for our products that include these components, we could face a material inventory risk if we fail to accurately forecast demand for our products or manage production, which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Although we use third parties to manufacture our products, in some cases we may retain the responsibility to purchase component inventory to support third partythird-party manufacturing activities, which presents a number of risks that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition. For instance, as part of our component planning, we may place orders with or pay certain suppliers for components in advance of receipt of customer orders. We may occasionally enter into negotiated orders with vendors early in the manufacturing process of our products to ensure that we have sufficient components for our products to meet anticipated customer demand. Because the design and manufacturing process for these components can be complicated, it is possible that we could experience a design or manufacturing flaw that could delay or even prevent the production of the components for which we previously committed to pay. We also face the risk of ordering too many components, or conversely, not enough components, since supply orders are generally based on forecasts of customer orders rather than actual customer orders. In addition, in some cases, we may make non-cancelable order commitments to our suppliers for work-in-progress, supplier’s finished goods, custom sub-assemblies, discontinued (end-of-life) components and Quantum-unique raw materials that are necessary to meet our lead times for finished goods. If we cannot change or be released from supply orders, we could incur costs from the purchase of unusable components, either due to a delay in the production of the components or other supplies or as a result of inaccurately predicting supply orders in advance of customer orders. These same risks exist with our third partythird-party contract manufacturing partners. Our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if we incur increased costs or are unable to fulfill customer orders.
Our manufacturing, component production and service repair are outsourced to third party contract manufacturers, component suppliers and service providers. If we cannot obtain products, parts and services from these third parties in a cost effective and timely manner that meets our customers’ expectations, this could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Many aspects of our supply chain and operational results are dependent on the performance of third party business partners. We use third party contract manufacturers, service providers and/or product integrators in connection with our outsourced manufacturing model. We face a number of risks as a result of these relationships, including, among others:
Sole source of product supply
In many cases, our business partner may be the sole source of supply for the products or parts they manufacture, or the services they provide, for us. Because we are relying on one supplier, we are at greater risk of experiencing shortages, reduced production capacity or other delays in customer deliveries that could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost sales and increased expenses, each of which could materially damage customer relationships and result in lost revenue.


Cost and purchase commitments
We may not be able to control the costs for the products our business partners manufacture for us or the services they provide to us. They procure inventory to build our products based upon a forecast of customer demand that we provide. We could be responsible for the financial impact on the contract manufacturer, supplier or service provider of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that they had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require us to pay them for finished goods in excess of current customer demand or for excess or obsolete inventory and generally incur higher costs. As a result, we could experience reduced gross margins and operating losses based on these purchase commitments. With respect to service providers, although we have contracts for most of our third party repair service vendors, the contract period may not be the same as the underlying service contract with our customer. In such cases, we face risks that the third party service provider may increase the cost of providing services over subsequent periods contracted with our customer.

Financial condition and stability
Our third party business partners may suffer adverse financial or operational results or may be negatively impacted by global and local economic conditions. Therefore, we may face interruptions in the supply of product components or service as a result of financial or other volatility affecting our supply chain. We could suffer production downtime or increased costs to procure alternate products or services as a result of the possible inadequate financial condition of one or more of our business partners.

Quality and supplier conduct
We have limited control over the quality of products and components produced and services provided by our supply chain and third party contract manufacturing and service business partners. Therefore, the quality of the products, parts or services may not be acceptable to our customers and could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue and increased warranty costs. In addition, we have limited control over the manner in which our business partners conduct their business. Sub-tier suppliers selected by the primary third party could have process control issues or could select components with latent defects that manifest over a longer period of time. We may face negative consequences or publicity as a result of a third party’s failure to comply with applicable compliance, trade, environmental or employment regulations.
Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business. In the past we have successfully transitioned products or component supply from one supplier or manufacturing location to another without significant financial or operational impact, but there is no guarantee of our continued ability to do so.
If we do not successfully manage the changes that we have made and may continue to make to our infrastructure and management, our business could be disrupted, and that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Managing change is an important focus for us. In recent years, we have implemented several significant initiatives involving our sales and marketing, engineering and operations organizations, aimed at increasing our efficiency and better aligning these groups with our corporate strategy. In addition, we have reduced headcount to streamline and consolidate our supporting functions as appropriate in response to market or competitive conditions and following past acquisitions and have increased our reliance on certain third party business relationships. If we are unable to successfully manage the changes that we implement and detect and address issues as they arise, our business could be disrupted and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted.
Because we rely heavily on distributors and other resellers to market and sell our products, if one or more distributors were to experience a significant deterioration in its financial condition or its relationship with us, this could disrupt the distribution of our products and reduce our revenue, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We heavily utilize distributors and VARs to perform the functions necessary to market and sell our products in certain product and geographic segments. To fulfill this role, the distributor must maintain an acceptable level of financial stability, creditworthiness and the ability to successfully manage business relationships with the customers it serves directly. Under our distributor agreements with these companies, each of the distributors determines the type and amount of our products that it will purchase from us and the pricing of the products that it sells to its customers. If the distributor is unable to perform in an acceptable manner, we may be required to reduce the amount of sales of our product to the distributor or terminate the relationship. We may also incur financial losses for product returns from distributors or for the failure or refusal of distributors to pay obligations owed to us. Either scenario could result in fewer of our products being available to the affected market segments, reduced levels of

customer satisfaction and/or increased expenses, which could in turn have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our stock price has been volatileexperienced significant volatility in the recent past, and suchthis significant volatility may continue to occur and could increase based oncause the trading activity of our institutional investors. In addition, there are other factors and events that could affect the trading prices of our common stock.
A small number of institutional investors have owned a significant portionprice of our common stock at various times in recent years. If any or all of these investors were to decide to purchase significant additional shares or to sell significant amounts or all of the common shares they currently own, or if there is a perception that those sales may occur, that may cause our
decline.

Our stock price to be more volatile.has been extremely volatile in the recent past. For example, there have been instances in the past where a shareholder with a significant equity position began to sell shares, putting downward pressureclosing price of our common stock was $8.35 on our stockJanuary 29, 2020 and was $1.48 on March 18, 2020.

The trading price for the duration of their selling activity. In these situations, selling pressure outweighed buying demand and our stock price declined. In some cases, this situation has occurred due to our stock price falling below institutional investors’ price thresholds and our volatility increasing beyond investors’ volatility parameters, causing even greater selling pressure.
Trading prices of our common stock may fluctuate in response to a number of events and factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as:
General economic conditions;
Changes in interest rates;
Fluctuations in the stock market in general and market prices for technology companies in particular;
Large or sudden purchases or sales of stock by existing or new investors, including activist investors;
Quarterlyquarterly variations in our results of operations;
Failurefailure to meet our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
Failurefailure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or any investigations or enforcement actionsactions; related to a potential failure to comply with applicable regulations;
Significantsignificant changes in our brand or reputations;reputation;
Newnew products, services, innovations and strategic developments by our competitors or us, or business combinations and investments by our competitors or us;
Changes in financial estimates by us or securities analysts and recommendations by securities analysts;
Changeschanges in our capital structure, including issuance of additional debt or equity to the public;public, and the issuance of common stock upon exercise of our outstanding warrants;
large or sudden purchases or sales of stock by existing or new investors; and
Strategic acquisitions.the result of any litigation or governmental investigation, which could result in liabilities and reputational harm.

Other macro-economic forces also could affect our stock price, including:

changes in interest and exchange rates;
a continued widespread decline in the U.S. or global economy as a result of the continued impact of COVID-19 or other pandemics or natural disasters;
fluctuations in the stock market in general and market prices for technology companies in particular; and
tariffs imposed by the U.S. Government on sales originating in or being shipped to countries with which we have on-going trade or other political conflicts.
Any of these events and factors may cause our stock price to rise or fall and may adversely affect our business and financing opportunities.
Our operation and design processes are subject to safety and environmental regulations which could lead to increased costs, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the use, storage, discharge and disposal of materials and substances used in our facilities as well as the safety of our employees and the public. Current regulations in the U.S. and various international jurisdictions restrict the use of certain potentially hazardous materials used in electronic products and components (including lead and some flame retardants), impose a “take back” obligation on manufacturers for the financing of the collection, recovery and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment and require extensive investigation into and disclosure regarding certain minerals used in our supply chain. We have implemented procedures and will likely continue to introduce new processes to comply with current and future safety and environmental legislation. However, measures taken now or in the future to comply with such legislation may adversely affect our costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment or materials, redesign processes or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our supply chain, waste disposal and emission management processes. Furthermore, safety or environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us or the suspension of affected operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to many laws and regulations, and violation of or changes in those requirements could materially and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to numerous U.S. and international laws and requirements regarding corporate conduct, fair competition, corruption prevention and import and export practices, including laws applicable to U.S. government contractors. In addition, the SEC has adopted disclosure rules related to the supply of certain minerals originating from the conflict zones of the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries, and we have incurred costs to comply with such regulations and may realize other costs relating to the sourcing and availability of minerals used in our products. While we maintain a rigorous corporate ethics and compliance program, we may be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, significant monetary fines or penalties, suspension of business opportunities or loss of jurisdictional operating rights as a result of any failure to comply with those requirements. If we were to be subject to a compliance investigation, we may incur increased personnel and legal costs. In addition, if we identify that we have fallen out of compliance, we may proactively take corrective actions, including the filing of voluntary self-disclosure statements with applicable agencies, which could cause us to incur additional expenses and subject us to penalties and other consequences that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Our supply and distribution models may be reliant upon the actions of our third partythird-party business partners and we may also be exposed to potential liability resulting from their violation of these or other compliance requirements. Further, our U.S. and

international business models are based on currently applicable regulatory requirements and exceptions. Changes in those requirements or exceptions could necessitate changes to our business model. Any of these consequences could materially and adversely impact our business and results of operations.

A cybersecurity breach into our products when used by our customers could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, harm our reputation, expose us to significant liability or otherwise damage our financial results.

A cybersecurity breach into a system we have sold to a customer could negatively affect our reputation as a trusted provider of scale-outlarge-scale storage, archive and data protection products by adversely affecting the market’s perception of the security or reliability of our products and services. Many of our customers and partners store sensitive data on our products, and a cybersecurity breach related to our products could harm our reputation and potentially expose us to significant liability.

We also maintain sensitive data related to our employees, strategic partners and customers, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personally identifiable information on our own systems. We employ sophisticated security measures; however, we may face threats across our infrastructure including unauthorized access, security breaches and other system disruptions.

It is critical to our business that our employees’, strategic partners’ and customers’ sensitive information remains secure and that our customers perceive that this information is secure. A cybersecurity breach could result in unauthorized access to, loss of, or unauthorized disclosure of such information. A cybersecurity breach could expose us to litigation, indemnity obligations, government investigations and other possible liabilities. Additionally, a cyber-attack, whether actual or perceived, could result in negative publicity which could harm our reputation and reduce our customers’ confidence in the effectiveness of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. A breach of our security systems could also expose us to increased costs including remediation costs, disruption of operations or increased cybersecurity protection costs that may have a material adverse effect on our business. Although we maintain technology errors and omissions liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of these types or may not be adequate to indemnify us for inability that may be imposed. Any imposition or or liability or litigation costs that are not covered by insurance or in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business.

Our actual or perceived failure to adequately protect personal data could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A variety of state, national, foreign, and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal data.personally identifiable information. These privacy- and data protection-related laws and regulations are evolving, with new or modified laws and regulations proposed and implemented frequently and existing laws and regulations subject to new or different interpretations. Compliance with these laws and regulations can be costly and can delay or impede the development of new products.

For example, we historically relied upon adherence toin 2016, the U.S. DepartmentEuropean Parliament enacted the General Data Protection Regulation (or “GDPR”) which governs the collection, storage and use of Commerce’s Safe Harborpersonal information gathered in the European Union, regardless of

where such information is stored. In 2018, California enacted the Consumer Privacy Principles and compliance withAct (“CCPA”), which regulates information stored by companies doing business in California. The regulations implementing the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework agreed to by the U.S. Department of CommerceCCPA have not yet been published, and the EU. The U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework, which established meansimplementation of standards for legitimizing the transfer of personal data by U.S. companies from the European Economic Area, or EEA,GDPR compliance continue to the U.S., was invalidated in October 2015 by a decision of the European Court of Justice (“ECJ”). In light of the ECJ’s decision, we have made certain changes to our personal data handling in an effort to cause our transferevolve. Our products’ and receipt of EEA residents’ personal data to be legitimized under applicable European law. In February 2016, U.S. and EU authorities reached agreement on new means for legitimizing personal data transfers from the EU to the U.S., the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield. We have self-certified our compliance with its requirements.  Additionally, the European Commission has adopted a general data protection regulation that, when effective in May 2018, will supersede current EU data protection legislation, impose more stringent EU data protection requirements and provide for greater penalties for noncompliance. Ourinternal systems’ actual or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or to protect personal data, could result in enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, which could result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, subject us to claims or other remedies and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We must maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories. If we do not have sufficient service parts inventories, we may experience increased levels of customer dissatisfaction. If we hold excessive service parts inventories, we may incur financial losses.
We maintain levels of service parts inventories to satisfy future warranty obligations and also to earn service revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond the warranty period. We estimate the required amount of service parts inventories based on historical usage and forecasts of future warranty and extended warranty requirements, including estimates of failure rates and costs to repair, and out of warranty revenue. Given the significant levels of judgment inherently involved in the process, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories to satisfy customer needs and to avoid financial losses from excess service parts inventories. If we are unable to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely impacted.
From time to time we have made acquisitions. The failure to successfully integrate future acquisitions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As a part of our business strategy, we have in the past and may make acquisitions in the future, subject to certain debt covenants. For example, in March 2020, we acquired the ActiveScale object storage business from Western Digital Technologies, Inc. We may also make significant investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. If we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions or significant investments, it could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Risks that we may face in our efforts to integrate any recent or future acquisitions include, among others:
Failurefailure to realize anticipated synergies from the acquisition;
Difficultiesdifficulties in assimilating and retaining employees;
Potentialpotential incompatibility of business cultures or resistance to change;
Coordinatingcoordinating geographically separate organizations;
Diversiondiversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns;
Coordinatingcoordinating infrastructure operations in a rapid and efficient manner;
Thethe potential inability to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful incorporation of acquired technology and rights into our products and services;
Failurefailure of acquired technology or products to provide anticipated revenue or margin contribution;
Insufficientinsufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with the acquisition;
Costscosts and delays in implementing or integrating common systems and procedures;
Reductionreduction or loss of customer orders due to the potential for market confusion, hesitation and delay;
Impairmentimpairment of existing customer, supplier and strategic relationships of either company;
Insufficientinsufficient cash flows from operations to fund the working capital and investment requirements;
Difficultiesdifficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;
Thethe possibility that we may not receive a favorable return on our investment, the original investment may become impaired, and/or we may incur losses from these investments;
Dissatisfactiondissatisfaction or performance problems with the acquired company;
Thethe assumption of risks of the acquired company that are difficult to quantify, such as litigation;
Thethe cost associated with the acquisition, including restructuring actions, which may require cash payments that, if large enough, could materially and adversely affect our liquidity; and
Assumptionassumption of unknown liabilities or other unanticipated adverse events or circumstances.
Acquisitions present many risks, and we may not realize the financial and strategic goals that were contemplated at the time of any transaction. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate any business, products, technologies or personnel that we may acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the future outcomes related to the estimates used in recording tax liabilities to various taxing authorities result in higher tax liabilities than estimated, then we would have to record tax charges, which could be material.

We have provided amounts and recorded liabilities for probable and estimable tax adjustments that may be proposedrequired by various taxing authorities in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. If events occur that indicate payments of these amounts will be less than estimated, then reversals of these liabilities would create tax benefits recognized in the periods when we determine the liabilities have reduced. Conversely, if events occur which indicate that payments of these amounts will be greater than estimated, then tax charges and additional liabilities would be recorded. In particular, various foreign jurisdictions could challenge the characterization or transfer pricing of certain intercompany transactions. In the event of an unfavorable outcome of such challenge, there exists the possibility of a material tax charge and adverse impact on the results of operations in the period in which the matter is resolved or an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and estimable.

Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges, which could be material.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, and an adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates relative to our position in such currencies could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not currently use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. We have used in the past, and may use in the future, foreign currency forward contracts and derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates. To the extent that we have assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency that are inadequately hedged or not hedged at all, we may be subject to foreign currency losses, which could be significant.

Our international operations can act as a natural hedge when both operating expenses and sales are denominated in local currencies. In these instances, although an unfavorable change in the exchange rate of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar would result in lower sales when translated to U.S. dollars, operating expenses would also be lower in these circumstances. An increase in the rate at which a foreign currency is exchanged for U.S. dollars would require more of that particular foreign currency to equal a specified amount of U.S. dollars than before such rate increase. In such cases, and if we were to price our products and services in that particular foreign currency, we would receive fewer U.S. dollars than we would have received prior to such rate increase for the foreign currency. Likewise, if we were to price our products and services in U.S. dollars while competitors priced their products in a local currency, an increase in the relative strength of the U.S. dollar would result in our prices being uncompetitive in those markets. Such fluctuations in currency exchange rates could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company faces various risks associated with activist stockholders, including potential proxy contests or other opposition to our Board and our nominees for the Board.

On March 2, 2017, we entered into an agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) with VIEX Capital Advisors, LLC, and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “VIEX”), which beneficially owns approximately 10.9% of our outstanding common stock.

As part of the settlement, the Company has agreed to form a Search Committee and engaged a search firm to assist the Company in recruiting and appointing three highly qualified new, independent directors to replace three specified members of the Company’s Board. The Company also agreed to hold its next annual meeting in August 2017.

The Settlement Agreement provides that VIEX will be subject to certain standstill provisions. Such provisions generally remain in effect until the completion of the next annual meeting, subject to earlier termination under certain circumstances, specifically if the Board is not reconstituted pursuant to the terms of the Settlement Agreement. These provisions restrict VIEX’s ability to engage in certain proxy solicitations, make certain stockholder proposals, call meetings of stockholders or solicit consents from stockholders, obtain additional representation on the Board or seek to remove any of the Company’s directors.

If the Company does not comply with all of the terms of the Settlement Agreement, VIEX may pursue a proxy contest at the annual meeting and, even if the Company complies with all of the terms of the Settlement Agreement, VIEX may pursue a proxy contest at future annual meetings. A proxy contest would require us to incur significant legal fees and proxy solicitation expenses and require significant time and attention by management and the Board. Further, any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction and control could result in the loss of potential business opportunities and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Depending on certain circumstances, including how many nominees VIEX seeks to elect, it is possible that VIEX nominated directors could constitute a majority of the Board following the annual meeting.

Under certain circumstances arising out of or related to a proxy contest or threatened proxy contest or the nomination of directors by a stockholder, a change in the composition of the Board may result in a change of control under the severance and change of control agreements we have with our management. Pursuant to the severance and change in control agreements, certain severance payments may be triggered following a change of control, but only upon there being a qualifying termination that occurs within twelve months of any such change of control. Under certain circumstances arising out of or related to a proxy contest or threatened proxy contest or the nomination of directors by a stockholder, a change in the composition of the Board may also result in a change of control under certain contracts with third parties, including our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, if we are unable to secure appropriate waivers or amendments to any such contracts. The occurrence of any of the foregoing events could adversely affect our business.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our headquarters are located in San Jose, California. We lease facilities in North America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs. The following is a summary of the significant locations and primary functions of those facilities as of March 31, 2017:2020:
Location            Function
North America  
San Jose, CA Corporate headquarters, administration, research and development
Irvine, CA Administration, research and development, sales, service
Colorado Springs,Englewood, CO Administration, operations management, research and development, service
Englewood, COResearch and development, sales, service, operations
Mendota Heights, MN Research and development
Richardson, TX Research and development
Bellevue, WA Administration and sales
Seattle, WAResearch and development
Other North AmericaSales
 
Europe  
Paris, France Sales and service
Boehmenkirch, Germany Service
Munich, Germany Sales, and service
Zurich, Switzerland Administration, and operations management
Bracknell, UK Sales, and service
Northampton,London, UK ServiceSales
Other EuropeGhent, Belgium SalesResearch and servicedevelopment
 
Asia Pacific  
Adelaide, Australia Research and development
Beijing, ChinaMarketing and sales
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Customer service
Seoul, KoreaSales, service
Singapore City, Singapore Administration, operations management, sales
Other Asia PacificTokyo, Japan Sales


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
CrossroadsSee Item 8 of Part II, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 10 — Commitments and Contingencies.”

On February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. patents 6,425,035 and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that we have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of disk array products and into our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. In July and September of 2014, we filed for inter partes review of all three asserted Crossroads patents before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board and a review has been initiated for all claims. On June 16, 2015, the U.S. District Court, Western District of Texas stayed the Crossroads trial proceedings pending resolution of the inter partes review proceedings. On January 29, 2016, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board issued decisions on the inter partes reviews for U.S. patents 6,425,035 and 7,051,147, ordering all claims of both patents to be unpatentable. On March 17, 2016, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board issued a decision on the inter partes review for U.S. patent 7,934,041, ordering all claims to be unpatentable. On March 31, 2016, Crossroads filed Notices of Appeal in each of the inter partes review decisions. We believe the probability that this lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition is remote.
Realtime Data
On July, 22 2016, Realtime Data LLC d/b/a IXO(“Realtime Data”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents Nos. 7,161,506, 7,378,992, 7,415,530, 8,643,513,  9,054,728,  and 9,116,908.  The lawsuit has been transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California for further proceedings. Realtime Data asserts that we have incorporated Realtime Data’s patented technology into our compression products and services. Realtime Data seeks unspecified monetary damages and other relief that the Court deems appropriate. We believe the probability that this lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition is remote.ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

None.

PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information, Holders of Record, and Dividends

Our common stock iswas traded on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol “QTM.” As of May 25, 2017,On January 15, 2019, we were delisted from the closing price of our common stock was $8.65 per share. NYSE.

On January 16, 2019, we started trading under the symbol “QMCO” on the OTC Pink, which is operated by OTC Markets Group Inc.

On February 4, 2020, we started trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol "QMCO".

The per share priceprices reflected in the following table represent the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock for the quarters indicated, as adjusted forindicated. The OTC Pink quotations do not reflect retail markup, markdown or commission and may not necessarily represent the impactprices of the Reverse Stock Split of 1 for 8 shares effective after the close of market on April 18, 2017actual transactions during these quarterly periods.
Fiscal 2017High Low
First quarter ended June 30, 2016$4.96
 $2.80
Second quarter ended September 30, 20166.48
 3.04
Third quarter ended December 31, 20167.76
 5.28
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20178.64
 6.48
Fiscal 2016High Low
First quarter ended June 30, 2015$17.76
 $11.84
Second quarter ended September 30, 201513.76
 5.52
Third quarter ended December 31, 20158.40
 5.28
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20167.44
 3.20
 High Low
Fiscal 2020   
First quarter ended June 30, 2019$2.81 $2.31
Second quarter ended September 30, 20196.26 2.63
Third quarter ended December 31, 20197.42 5.30
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20208.35 1.48
    
Fiscal 2019   
First quarter ended June 30, 2018$4.04 $2.06
Second quarter ended September 30, 20182.58 1.63
Third quarter ended December 31, 20182.97 1.21
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20192.65 1.40
Historically,
As of June 22, 2020, we have not paid cash dividends onhad 248 holders of record of our common stock and do not intend to paystock.

We have no intention of paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the covenants in our senior secured revolvingterm loan and amended PNC credit agreement unless we meet certain defined thresholds.facility agreements. See the section captioned “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 “Management’sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations and also Note 7 “Debt”4: Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.

AsRecent Sales of May 25, 2017,Unregistered Securities
During the year ended March 31, 2020, we did not sell any equity securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
During the year ended March 31, 2020, there were 539 Quantum stockholdersno purchases of record, including the Depository Trust Company, which holds shares of Quantumour common stock by or on behalf of an indeterminate numberus or any of beneficial owners. The information required by this item regarding equity compensation plansour affiliated purchasers, as such term is provideddefined in Item 12, “Security OwnershipRule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”1934.

Stock Performance Graph
The following graph below compares the cumulative total return to stockholders of Quantuma $100 investment in our common stock at March 31, 2017 for the period since March 31, 2012 towith the cumulative total return over such period of (i) the NASDAQ Composite Indexsame investment in the Nasdaq and (ii) the S&P Computer Storage & Peripherals Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on500 Index from March 31, 2012 in our common stock and in each of the indices listed on the graph and reflects the change in the market price of our common stock relative to the changes in the noted indices at2015 through March 31, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. The performance shown below is based on historical data and is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future price performance of our common stock.2020.
stockpricegrapha02.jpg



ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
This summaryYou should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of selectedFinancial Condition and Results of Operations," our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" and other financial information of Quantum for fiscal 2013 to 2017 should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements containedincluded elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Other Items

Fiscal 2016 results included a $55.6 million goodwill impairment charge. In addition, certain amounts were revised for fiscal 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 to correct immaterial errors. For further information regarding the revisions, refer to Note 2
“Revision of Prior Period Financial Statements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 For the year ended March 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Statement of Operations Data:         
Total revenue$505,345
 $475,958
 $553,095
 $553,165
 $587,439
Total cost of revenue291,921
 272,917
 308,086
 312,982
 346,632
Gross margin213,424
 203,041
 245,009
 240,183
 240,807
Income (loss) from operations12,148
 (67,809) 14,720
 (11,236) (42,214)
Net income (loss)3,645
 (76,394) 17,083
 (19,694) (51,933)
Basic net income (loss) per share0.11
 (2.33) 0.54
 (0.68) (1.73)
Diluted net income (loss) per share0.11
 (2.33) 0.53
 (0.68) (1.73)
 For the Year Ended March 31,
 
2020(1)
 2019 2018 2017 2016
 (In thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data         
Total revenue$402,949
 $402,680
 $437,684
 $493,054
 $479,843
Total cost of revenue230,441
 235,066
 264,900
 287,782
 276,524
Gross margin172,508
 167,614
 172,784
 205,272
 203,319
Income (loss) from operations21,204
 (4,746) (28,622) 6,681
 (67,040)
Net loss(5,210) (42,797) (43,346) (2,408) (75,626)
Net loss per share - basic and diluted$(0.14) $(1.20) $(1.25) $(0.07) $(2.30)
          
Balance Sheet Data         
Total assets$165,995
 $172,871
 $202,639
 $221,242
 $230,812
Short-term debt7,321
 1,650
 7,500
 62,827
 3,000
Long-term debt, net146,847
 145,621
 115,986
 66,676
 131,961

 As of March 31,
 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Balance Sheet Data:         
Total assets$225,027
 $230,600
 $359,923
 $360,953
 $366,015
Short-term debt62,827
 3,000
 83,345
 
 
Long-term debt65,028
 131,962
 68,793
 200,447
 200,254
(1) 2020 amounts reflect our adoption of the new lease accounting standard, which resulted in the recording of $12.7 million of right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities as of April 1, 2020, which were not retroactively adjusted and reflect our historical accounting policies. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.






ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes, and other information included in this Annual Report. In particular, the risk factors contained in Item 1A may reflect trends, demands, commitments, events, or uncertainties that could materially impact our results of operations and liquidity and capital resources.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, such as statements regarding COVID-19's anticipated impacts on our business, our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, our market growth and trends, and our objectives for future operations. Please see "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" for more information about relying on these forward-looking statements.
OVERVIEW
Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”,We are a leader in storing and managing digital video and other forms of unstructured data. We help customers around the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980world to ingest, process, and reincorporated in Delaware in 1987, is a leading expert in scale-out storage, archiveanalyze digital data at high speed, and data protection, providing solutionspreserve and protect it for capturing, sharing, managing and preserving digital assets over the entire data lifecycle.decades. Our customers ranging from small businesses to large/multi-nationalinclude some of the world’s largest corporations, government agencies, service providers, broadcasters, movie studios, sports leagues and teams, and enterprises trust us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. Our end-to-end tiered storage solutions enable users to maximize the value of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing total cost and complexity.in all industries. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”)VARs, DMRs, OEMs and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.solve our customers most pressing business challenges.
Business
We believe our combination of expertise, innovation and platform independence enables us to solve scale-out storage and data protection challenges more easily, cost-effectively and securely than competitive offerings. We earn our revenue from the sale of products systems and services through an array ofour channel partners and our sales force. Our products are sold under both the Quantum brand name and the names of various OEM customers.providers. Our scale-outportfolio of solutions includes:
StorNext scale out file storage: A line of products designed for the highest speed ingest, processing, and analysis of video and other forms of unstructured data. Powered by the StorNext file system software and data management platform, this product line includes new NVMe flash storage servers (F-series) and hybrid SSD/HDD storage arrays.
Video Surveillance Systems: Quantum offers a broad portfolio of solutions include StorNext software, StorNext appliances (which include StorNext diskdesigned for video surveillance and physical security, including network video recording servers (NVRs), hyperconverged (HCI) storage servers to host multiple physical security workloads, GPU-based analytics servers, and StorNext-related tape storage)file and Lattus extended onlineobject storage systems. These products are designedsystems for large scale surveillance archives.
ActiveScale Object Storage: Massively scalable object storage systems used to help customers manage large unstructuredpreserve and protect data sets in an information workflow, encompassing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable processing, intelligent protectionwith the highest levels of data durability.
Tape Storage: Low cost, ultra-secure storage systems for long term archiving and high-value monetization. Our data protection solutions include DXi deduplication backupransomware protection. Quantum provides both the storage systems and Scalar automatedsells tape libraries that optimizemedia under the Quantum brand.
Backup Storage Systems: high-performance, scalable storage for backup and recovery, simplify managementmulti-site disaster recovery.
Quantum Services: A full line of services including managed services and lower cost. Our vmPRO virtual server backupStorage-as-a-Service offerings, as well as maintenance, implementation, training and disaster recovery offeringsconsulting services.

COVID-19 IMPACT AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS
Since the beginning of March 2020, COVID-19 has led governments and other authorities around the world, including federal, state and local authorities in the United States, to impose measures intended to reduce its spread, including restrictions on freedom of movement and business operations such as travel bans, border closings, business limitations and closures (subject to exceptions for essential operations and businesses), quarantines and shelter-in-place orders. These measures may remain in place for a significant period of time.

In light of these events, we have taken actions to protect virtual environmentsthe health and safety of our employees while minimizingcontinuing to serve our global customers as an essential business. We have implemented more thorough sanitation practices as outlined by health organizations and instituted social distancing policies at our locations around the world, including working from home, limiting the number of employees attending meetings, reducing the number of people in our sites at any one time, and suspending employee travel.

For many of our customers, the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly affected their business. Movie and television production has been paused, professional and collegiate sports seasons have been postponed or cancelled, and many corporations and enterprises have put information technology spending on hold while they assess the short- and long-term impact of the pandemic. While our supply chain remains intact and operating, we have experienced issues related to our logistics network. The reduced capacity within and across freight lanes (aircraft, personnel,

customs clearance, etc.) has caused late deliveries from re-routes and mis-shipments, as well as increased expedite and other charges to deliver and receive products. To date, we have experienced minimal impact on product availability, although future capacity constraints across the network due to lost capacity from factory down time, closures, as well as reduced staff and demand signal fluctuations are expected to impact product availability in the months and possibly quarters to come.

We believe that these social and economic impacts have had a negative effect on sales due to the decline in our customers' ability or willingness to purchase our products and services. The extent of the impact will depend, in part, on servershow long the negative trends in customer demand and storage. In addition, we offer software for cloud backupsupply chain levels will continue. We expect COVID-19 to significantly impact our financial condition, results of operations, and disaster recovery of physicalliquidity through at least our second quarter and virtual servers. We have a full range of services and the global scale and scope to support our worldwide customer base.likely much longer.

Our goal for fiscal 2017 wasWe will continue to increase shareholder value by growingactively monitor the situation and may take further actions altering our scale-out storage revenue and investing to drive future scale-out growth while also delivering on our operating profit goals. In scale-out storage,business operations that we continued to focus on building our market presence beyond media and entertainment into video surveillance, technical workflow and unstructured data archive use cases. Outside of scale-out storage, our strategy is to continue leveraging our technology leadership, our extensive customer base and our channel and technology partnerships to generate profits and cash from our offerings.
During fiscal 2017, we introduced a new Scalar Storage Platform which includesdetermine are in the StorNext AEL6 media archive appliance and the Scalar i6 and Scalar i3 tape libraries. We also added an enterprise modelbest interests of our DXi6900 series, the DXi6900-s, which includes twice the densityemployees, customers, partners, suppliers, and quadruple the sustained performancestakeholders, or as required by federal, state, or local authorities. See “The recent COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect our business, results of the current DXi 6900. In addition, we added our Xcellis Application Director, partoperations and financial condition” in Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors, of the StorNext Data Management Platform, to our surveillance and security solutions.
On October 21, 2016, we refinanced our credit agreement with Wells Fargo (as amended, the “WF credit agreement”) through the use of proceeds obtained from our term loan and revolving credit facility (“credit facility”). The credit facility includes a revolving credit and security agreement with PNC Bank, National Association (“revolving credit agreement”) and a term loan credit and security agreement with TCW Asset Management Company LLC (“term loan agreement”). We used the proceeds of the financing to pay off the approximately $60 million drawn on our former revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Capital Finance and plan to use additional proceeds to address our $70 million of 4.50% convertible notes maturing in November 2017.
On April 18, 2017, we effected a 1-for-8 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). Our stock began to trade on a post-split basis on April 19, 2017. Par value of the Company's common stock was unchanged as a result of the Reverse Stock Split remaining at $0.01 per share resulting in reclassification of capital from par value to capital in excess of par value. All shares and per share data for fiscal 2017 and comparative historical periods included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K includingfor more information regarding the risks we face as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

NON-U.S. GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
To provide investors with additional information regarding our Consolidated Financial Statementsfinancial results, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income (Loss), non-U.S. GAAP financial measures defined below.
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure defined by us as net loss before interest expense, net, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring charges, costs related to the financial restatement and related footnotes, have been adjusted to accountactivities described in the Explanatory Paragraph and Note 2: – Restatement in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the effectyear ended March 31, 2019, and other non-recurring expenses.
Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure defined by us as net loss before restructuring charges, stock-based compensation expense, costs related to the financial restatement and related activities described in the Explanatory Paragraph and Note 2: – Restatement in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2019 and other non-recurring (income) expenses. The Company calculates Adjusted Net Income (Loss) per Basic and Diluted share using the Company’s above-referenced definition of Adjusted Net Income (Loss).
The Company considers non-recurring expenses to be expenses that have not been incurred within the prior two years and are not expected to recur within the next two years. Such expenses include certain strategic and financial restructuring expenses.
We have provided below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income (Loss) to Net Income (Loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure. We have presented Adjusted EBITDA because it is a key measure used by our management and the board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short and long-term operating plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the Reverse Stock Split.amounts eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business performance. We believe Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and Adjusted Net Income (Loss) per Basic and Diluted Share serve as appropriate measures to be used in evaluating the performance of our business and help our investors better compare our operating performance over multiple periods. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income (Loss) provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and our board of directors.
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income (Loss) have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:
Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (1) interest and tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; (2) capital expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; (3) changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs; (4) the potentially dilutive impact

of stock-based compensation expense; (5) loss on debt extinguishment or (6) potential future restructuring expenses;
Adjusted Net Income (Loss) does not reflect: (1) potential future restructuring activities; (2) the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation expense; (3) loss on debt extinguishment; or (4) potential future restructuring expenses; and
Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (Loss) or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.
Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income (Loss) along with other U.S. GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics and our U.S. GAAP financial results.
The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, Net Income (Loss) (dollars in thousands):

 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Net loss$(5,210) $(42,797) $(43,346)
Interest expense, net25,350
 21,095
 11,670
Provision (benefit) for income taxes803
 2,376
 (3,113)
Depreciation and amortization expense4,287
 4,266
 4,970
Stock-based compensation expense6,748
 3,409
 5,394
Restructuring charges1,022
 5,570
 8,474
Loss on debt extinguishment
 17,458
 6,934
Cost related to financial restatement and related activities12,868
 19,664
 1,709
Other non-recurring (income) expense, net
 1,500
 2,848
Adjusted EBITDA$45,868
 $32,541
 $(4,460)
      
The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income (Loss) to the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, Net Income (Loss) (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Net loss$(5,210) $(42,797) $(43,346)
Restructuring charges1,022
 5,570
 8,474
Loss on debt extinguishment
 17,458
 6,934
Stock-based compensation6,748
 3,409
 5,394
Cost related to financial restatement and related activities12,868
 19,664
 1,709
Other non-recurring (income) expense, net
 1,500
 2,848
   Adjusted net income (loss)$15,428
 $4,804
 $(17,987)
   Adjusted net income (loss) per share:     
      Basic$0.41
 $0.14
 $(0.52)
      Diluted$0.34
 $0.12
 $(0.52)
   Weighted average shares outstanding:     
      Basic37,593
 35,551
 34,687
      Diluted45,059
 40,515
 34,687



ResultsRESULTS OF OPERATIONS
We
 Year Ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)2020 2019 2018
Total revenue$402,949
 $402,680
 $437,684
Total cost of revenue (1)
230,441
 235,066
 264,900
Gross profit172,508
 167,614
 172,784
Operating expenses     
Research and development (1)
36,301
 32,113
 38,562
Sales and marketing (1)
59,524
 69,400
 102,242
General and administrative (1)
54,457
 65,277
 52,128
Restructuring charges1,022
 5,570
 8,474
Total operating expenses151,304
 172,360
 201,406
Income (loss) from operations21,204
 (4,746) (28,622)
Other income (expense)(261) 2,878
 767
Interest expense(25,350) (21,095) (11,670)
Loss on debt extinguishment, net
 (17,458) (6,934)
Income (loss) before income taxes(4,407) (40,421) (46,459)
Income tax provision (benefit)803
 2,376
 (3,113)
Net income (loss)$(5,210) $(42,797) $(43,346)
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
 Year Ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)2020 2019 2018
Cost of revenue$452
 $334
 $725
Research and development984
 440
 906
Sales and marketing1,165
 179
 1,790
General and administrative4,147
 2,456
 1,973
   Total$6,748
 $3,409
 $5,394


Comparison of the Years Ended March 31, 2020 and 2019

Revenue
 Year Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)2020 % of
revenue
 
20191
 % of
revenue
 $ Change % Change
Product revenue           
   Secondary storage systems$111,672
 28% $126,528
 31% $(14,856) (12)%
   Primary storage systems77,152
 19% 58,811
 15% 18,341
 31 %
   Devices and media62,344
 15% 59,315
 15% 3,029
 5 %
      Total product revenue$251,168
 62% $244,654
 61% $6,514
 3 %
Service revenue131,050
 33% 134,696
 33% (3,646) (3)%
Royalty revenue20,731
 5% 23,330
 6% (2,599) (11)%
Total revenue$402,949
 100% $402,680
 100% $269
  %
1 Primary and Secondary storage system revenue has been adjusted for fiscal year 2019 due to certain reclassifications from Primary to Secondary storage systems.

Product Revenue
In fiscal 2020, product revenue increased $6.5 million, or 3%, as compared to fiscal 2019. Primary storage systems represented $18.3 million of the increase driven by growth across both our Media & Entertainment and government vertical markets. Devices and media increased $3.0 million driven by the resolution of a legal dispute, which had totalcaused a constraint on LTO tape supply between the two principal suppliers in the market. This was offset in part by a $14.9 million decrease in Secondary storage systems due to declines in our legacy enterprise backup business for both branded and OEM products.
Service Revenue
Service revenue of $505.3decreased $3.6 million, or 3%, in fiscal 2017, a $29.4 million increase from2020 compared to fiscal 2016, primarily2019. This decrease was due to increased revenuereduced support renewals from scale-out storage solutions, devices and media, and diskour legacy backup systems,customers, partially offset by new customer support agreements and installations.
Royalty Revenue
We receive royalties from third parties that license our LTO media patents through our membership in the LTO consortium. Royalty revenue decreased $2.6 million, or 11%, in fiscal 2020, as compared to fiscal 2019, related to overall declines in market unit volumes as the primary use of tape transitions from backup to archive workflows.

Gross Profit and Margin
 Year Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)2020 Gross
margin %
 2019 Gross
margin %
 $ Change Basis point change
Product gross profit$71,408
 28.4% $64,808
 26.5% $6,600
 190
Service gross profit80,369
 61.3% 79,476
 59.0% 893
 230
Royalty gross profit20,731
 100.0% 23,330
 100.0% (2,599) 
Gross profit$172,508
 42.8% $167,614
 41.6% $4,894
 120

Product Gross Margin
Product gross margin increased 190 basis points in fiscal 2020, as compared with fiscal 2019. This increase was due primarily to cost reductions across a decreasewide range of product offerings, and a mix weighted towards more profitable products.
Service Gross Margin

Service gross margin increased 230 basis points for fiscal 2020, as compared with the same period in revenue from tape automation systems. Those factors also resulted2019. This increase was due primarily to reductions in cost of service.
Royalty Gross Margin
Royalties do not have significant related cost of sales.

Operating expenses
 Year Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)2020 % of
revenue
 2019 % of
revenue
 $ Change % Change
Research and development$36,301
 9% $32,113
 8% $4,188
 13 %
Sales and marketing59,524
 15% 69,400
 17% (9,876) (14)%
General and administrative54,457
 14% 65,277
 16% (10,820) (17)%
Restructuring charges1,022
 % 5,570
 1% (4,548) (82)%
   Total operating expenses$151,304
 38% $172,360
 43% $(21,056) (12)%

In fiscal 2020, research and development expense increased $4.2 million, or 13%, as compared with fiscal 2019. This increase was partially attributable to an 8% increase in our branded product revenue. Our continued focus on our branded business is reflected in a greater proportion of non-royalty revenue from branded business, reaching 93% in fiscal 2017, compared to 89% in fiscal 2016.
Our fiscal 2017 gross margin percentage decreased 50 basis points from fiscal 2016 to 42.2% primarily due to a decrease in overall marginresearch and development headcount and professional services cost related to changes in our overall revenue mix. Higher margin service revenue decreasednew product development.
In fiscal 2020, sales and lower margin products comprised a higher portion of our overall product revenue. In addition, we are experiencing overall pricing pressure in the storage market, which has resulted in increased discounting of our products.
Our operatingmarketing expenses decreased $69.6$9.9 million, inor 14%, as compared with fiscal 2017, or 25.7%, from fiscal 2016 which included a $55.6 million goodwill impairment charge. The remaining2019. This decrease was primarily due todriven by a decrease in compensation and benefits costs resulting from continued focus on operational efficiencies. a decrease in commission expense onas the result of lower branded revenueheadcount and a decrease in intangible amortization expense due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized.marketing programs and professional services costs.

We had $3.6 million of net income inIn fiscal 2017 compared to $76.4 million of net loss in fiscal 2016.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR FISCAL 2017, 20162020, general and 2015
Revenue
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Product revenue$322,212
 63.8% $286,217
 60.1% $355,579
 64.3% $35,995
 12.6 % $(69,362) (19.5)%
Service revenue144,335
 28.6% 148,548
 31.2% 155,674
 28.1% (4,213) (2.8)% (7,126) (4.6)%
Royalty revenue38,798
 7.6% 41,193
 8.7% 41,842
 7.6% (2,395) (5.8)% (649) (1.6)%
Total revenue$505,345
 100.0% $475,958
 100.0% $553,095
 100.0% $29,387
 6.2 % $(77,137) (13.9)%

We believe the changes in our product and service revenue are driven by the increased market demand for scale-out storage solutions and reduced demand for data protection tape products.
Total revenue in fiscal 2017 increased from fiscal 2016 primarily due to increased product and services revenue of $21.9administrative expenses decreased $10.8 million, or 17%, from scale-out storage solutionsas compared with fiscal 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by lower costs related to our prior financial restatement and $9.4 million, or 3%, from data protection products. This increase was offset by a decrease in service revenue and a decrease in royalty revenue,related activities, which we primarily due to lower LTO media technology royalties,incurred in fiscal 2017. Data protection products include our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and devices and media offerings. Revenue from branded data protection products and services was flat from fiscal 2016 largely due to an increase in disk backup systems and media and devices offset by a decrease in revenue from OEM tape automation systems.
Total revenue in fiscal 2016 decreased from fiscal 2015 primarily due to reduced revenue from branded data protection products of $84.0 million, or 24%, largely due to a decrease in tape automation systems, media, disk backup systems and service revenue. Revenue from branded scale-out storage solutions and services increased $24.2 million, or 24%, from fiscal 2015 largely due to increased sales of our StorNext appliances. In addition, OEM product and service revenue, which is primarily comprised of data protection tape automation systems, decreased $16.7 million, or 26%, from fiscal 2015. Royalty revenue decreased slightly from fiscal 2015 primarily due to lower LTO media technology royalties.
Product Revenue
Total product revenue increased $36.0 million in fiscal 20172019 compared to fiscal 2016 largely due to an increase in sales of scale-out storage solutions, disk backup2020, lower software expenses as we streamline our processes and media. partially offset by lower sales of OEM tape automation systems. Revenue from sales of branded products increased 3%, and sales of products totools throughout the company, decreased facilities expenses as we consolidate our OEM customers decreased 26% in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016.

Total product revenue, decreased $69.4 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The decrease in product revenue was largely due to lower sales of branded and OEM tape automation systems, disk backup systems and media, partially offset by increased sales of scale-out storage solutions. Revenue from sales of branded products decreased 18%, and sales of products to our OEM customers decreased 26% in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.

 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Tape automation systems$88,751
 17.7% $97,454
 20.6% $152,205
 27.5% $(8,703) (8.9)% $(54,751) (36.0)%
Disk backup systems51,153
 10.1% 39,722
 8.3% 54,845
 9.9% 11,431
 28.8 % (15,123) (27.6)%
Devices and media60,860
 12.0% 45,767
 9.6% 62,642
 11.3% 15,093
 33.0 % (16,875) (26.9)%
Scale-out tiered storage121,448
 24.0% 103,274
 21.6% 85,887
 15.6% 18,174
 17.6 % 17,387
 20.2 %
Total product revenue$322,212
 63.8% $286,217
 60.1% $355,579
 64.3% $35,995
 12.6 % $(69,362) (19.5)%

Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Branded data protection tape automation revenue increased 3%, or $1.6 million while OEM tape automation revenue decreased 26%, or $10.3 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. The increase in branded data protection tape automation revenue resulted from increased sales in enterprise and midrange systems, partially offset by a decline in entry-level systems. The decline in OEM tape automation revenue was due to decreased sales of midrange and entry-level systems.

Revenue from disk backup systems increased in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 primarily due to increased sales of enterprise deduplication appliances, partially offset by decreased sales of midrange systems.
Product revenue from devices, which includes tape drives and removable hard drives, and non-royalty media sales increased in fiscal 2017 primarily due to increased sales of media devices.

Our scale-out storage solutions revenue increased in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 primarily due to increased sales of StorNext appliances in the unstructured data market segment. During fiscal 2017, we also experienced an increase in revenue from video surveillance and technical workflow spaces.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Branded data protection tape automation revenue declined 42%, or $41.8 million while OEM tape automation revenue decreases of 25%, or $13.0 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The decline in branded data protection tape automation revenue resulted from decreased sales in all product categories with enterprise, midrange and entry-level systems each declining at similar rates. The decline in OEM tape automation revenue was due to decreased sales of midrange and entry-level systems partially offset by an increase in enterprise systems revenue.
Revenue from disk backup systems decreased in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 primarily due to decreased sales of midrange systems, which comprised of over half of the decrease, as well as lower enterprise systems and OEM deduplication software revenue.
Product revenue from devices, which includes tape drives and removable hard drives, and non-royalty media sales decreased in fiscal 2016 primarily due to lower media sales.

Our scale-out tiered storage revenue increased in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 primarily due to increased sales of StorNext appliances in the unstructured data market segment. During fiscal 2016, we also experienced an increase in revenue from large scale-out storage tiered storage orders over $200,000.
Service Revenue
Service revenue is primarily comprised of customer field support contracts which provide standard support services for our hardware. Standard service contracts may be extended or include enhanced service, such as faster service response times.
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Service revenue decreased in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 due to decreased service revenue for our data protection products which was partially offset by increased revenue from branded service contracts for our StorNext appliances.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Service revenue was relatively flat in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 as a result of a greater number of service contracts for disk backup and scale-out storage appliances offset by a decline in service contracts for tape automation.
Royalty Revenue
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Royalty revenue decreased in fiscal 2017 compared fiscal 2016 primarily due to lower media royalties from LTO generation 1 through 6, offset by increased media royalties from LTO 7.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Royalty revenue decreased in fiscal 2016 compared fiscal 2015 primarily due to lower media royalties from LTO generation 1 through 5, offset by increased media royalties from LTO 6 and LTO 7 which was introduced in 2016.


Gross Margin
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
 Margin 
Margin
Rate
 Margin 
Margin
Rate
 Margin 
Margin
Rate
 Margin 
Basis
points
 Margin 
Basis
points
Product margin$91,005
 28.2% $79,078
 27.6% $118,179
 33.2% $11,927
 60
 $(39,101) (560)
Service margin83,621
 57.9% 82,770
 55.7% 84,988
 54.6% 851
 220
 (2,218) 110
Royalty margin38,798
 100.0% 41,193
 100.0% 41,842
 100.0% (2,395) 
 (649) 
Gross margin$213,424
 42.2% $203,041
 42.7% $245,009
 44.3% $10,383
 (50) $(41,968) (160)

The 50 basis point decrease in gross margin percentage in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily driven by changes in our overall revenue mix, in particular, decreases in both service and royalty revenues which carry higher margins.

The 160 basis point decrease in gross margin percentage in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily driven by decreased higher margin service revenue and a shift in revenue mix from higher margin products to lower margin products.

Product Margin

Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016

Product gross margin dollars increased $11.9 million, or 15% in fiscal 2017, and our product gross margin rate increased 60 basis points in fiscal 2017. These increases were the result of increased sales of higher margin disk backup and scale-out storage solution appliances with decreased sales of tape automation as well as a reduction of fixed costs during fiscal 2017 related to efficiency improvements.

Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015

Product gross margin dollars decreased $39.1 million, or 33% in fiscal 2016, and our product gross margin rate decreased 560 basis points in fiscal 2016. These decreases were the result of a combination of lower revenue to cover fixed costs, a shift in revenue mix from higher margin products to lower margin products, and increased discounting from overall pricing pressure in the storage market.
Service Margin
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Service gross margin dollars increased $0.9 million, or 1%, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, and service gross margin percentage increased 220 basis points compared to fiscal 2016. The increased service margin percentage was primarily due to decreases in external repair expense in fiscal 2017 due to a lower level of service contracts.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Service gross margin dollars decreased $2.2 million, or 3%, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015, and service gross margin percentage increased 110 basis points compared to fiscal 2015 on a 5% decrease in service revenue. The increased service margin percentage was primarily due to decreases in external repair expense and compensation and benefits from recognition of a profit sharing bonus in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016.
Royalty Margin
Royalties do not have related cost of sales and have a 100% gross margin percentage. Therefore, royalty gross margin dollars vary directly with royalty revenue. Royalty revenue and therefore related gross margin dollars decreased in both fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016 compared to the prior year periods.

Research and Development Expenses
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Research and development$44,379
 8.8% $48,703
 10.2% $58,618
 10.6% $(4,324) (8.9)% $(9,915) (16.9)%

Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
The decrease in research and development expense in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $2.7 million decrease in compensation and benefits largely related to lower staffing levels due to efficiency improvements and a $0.7 million decrease in external services provider costs.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
The decrease in research and development expense in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $8.4 million decrease in compensation and benefits largely related to lower staffing levels and recognition of a profit sharing bonus in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016. Additionally, we had a $1.2 million decrease in depreciation expense due to lower capital expenditures.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Sales and marketing$103,235
 20.4% $108,735
 22.8% $113,954
 20.6% $(5,500) (5.1)% $(5,219) (4.6)%
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Sales and marketing expense decreased $5.5 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was due mainly to our continued focus on our sales strategies. The decrease was primarily due to a $4.4 million decrease in compensation and benefits due to a reduction in head count in fiscal 2017, and a $1.0 million decrease in market development fund spend.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
The decrease in sales and marketing expense in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to net decreases of $4.9 million in commission expense due to lower branded product revenue, $2.8 million in intangible amortization expense due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized during fiscal 2015 and $1.0 million in compensation and benefits primarily due to recognition of a profit sharing bonus in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016. These decreases were offset by increases of $2.6 million in advertising and marketing, $0.6 million in sponsored employee activities from higher spending on sales-related meetings and $0.4 million in sales demonstration unit costs.
General and Administrative Expenses
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
General and administrative$51,599
 10.2% $53,793
 11.3% $56,513
 10.2% $(2,194) (4.1)% $(2,720) (4.8)%
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
The decrease in general and administrative expense in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily the due to a $1.5 million decrease in facilities costs including utilities and network costs, a $0.9 million decrease in external service provider fees due to a lower number of service contracts and a decrease of $0.8 million related to an increase in sublease income in fiscal 2017. These decreases were offset mainly by $1.3 million of proxy contest fees.

Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
The decrease in general and administrative expense in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was largely the result of a $3.1 million decrease in compensation and benefits primarily from recognition of a profit sharing bonus in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016physical footprint, and decreased share-based compensation expense. We also had a $0.6 million decrease in IT-related expense as a result of cost reductions in fiscal 2016.bank fees. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $0.7increases to stock compensation expense.
In fiscal 2020, restructuring expenses decreased $4.5 million, related to a refund received for IT purchases inor 82%, as compared with fiscal 2015.
Restructuring Charges
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Restructuring charges in operating
     expenses
$2,063
 0.4% $4,006
 0.8% $1,666
 0.3% $(1,943) (48.5)% $2,340
 140.5%
Our restructuring plans have been undertaken in an effort to return to consistent profitability and generate cash from operations.
For additional information on our restructuring plans and disclosure of restructuring charges refer to Note 8 “Restructuring Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Until we achieve consistent and sustainable levels of profitability, we may incur restructuring charges in the future from additional strategic cost reduction efforts, and efforts to align our cost structure with our business model.
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Restructuring charges decreased in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 due to the lower severance and benefits and facilities costs incurred in the Plan period related to the Fiscal 2017 April Restructuring Plan. The severance and benefits payments related to the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan were completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2017.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015

Restructuring charges increased in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 primarily due to a $1.9 million increase in severance and benefits restructuring charges from the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan and a $0.5 million increase in facility restructuring charges resulting from a change in estimate of sublease timing for our facilities previously used in manufacturing.
Goodwill Impairment
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Goodwill impairment$
 % $55,613
 11.7% $
 % $(55,613) (100.0)% $55,613
 %

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, our stock price declined from $0.93 per share at December 31, 2015 to a low closing price of $0.44 per share. As a result of this2019. This decrease in stock price, we determined it was more likely than not that the fair value of our goodwill was less than its carrying amount and performed an analysis to quantify the potential amount of goodwill impairment during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. Based on our impairment analysis, we determined our goodwill was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $55.6 million in fiscal 2016. For additional information, refer to Note 5 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Gain on Sale of Assets
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
                 
% of
revenue
                
% of
revenue
                 
% of
revenue
                                                
Gain on sale of assets$
 % $
 0.0% $462
 0.1% $
 n/a $(462) (100.0)%

We had a $0.5 million gain on the sale of assets in fiscal 2015 primarily due to the salehigher level of IP addresses.headcount reductions that occurred during fiscal 2019.

Other Income (Expense)
For the year ended March 31, ChangeYear Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 20152020 % of
revenue
 2019 % of
revenue
 $ Change % Change
                
% of
revenue
                
% of
revenue
                 
% of
revenue
                                             
Other income (expense)$562
 0.1% $(191) % $13,836
 2.5% $753
 n/m $(14,027) n/m$(261) 0 % $2,878
 1 % $3,139
 (109)%
Interest expense(25,350) (6)% (21,095) (5)% 4,255
 20 %
Loss on debt extinguishment
  % (17,458) (4)% (17,458) (100)%
Fiscal 2017 Compared
In fiscal 2020, other (income) expense, net decreased $3.1 million or 109%, compared to Fiscal 2016
fiscal 2019. The change in other incomedecrease was primarily related to a gain on the disposal of an investment that occurred in fiscal 20172019, and differences in foreign currency gains and losses during each period.

In fiscal 2020, interest expense increased $4.3 million, or 20%, as compared to other expense in fiscal 20162019. This increase was primarily due to a increasehigher average principal balance of our outstanding debt.

In fiscal 2019, we incurred a loss on debt extinguishment related to our Term Loan.



 Year Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)2020 % of
revenue
 2019 % of
revenue
 $ Change % Change
Income tax provision$803
 % $2,376
 1% $(1,573) (66)%

Our income tax provision is primarily influenced by foreign and state income taxes. In fiscal 2020, the income tax provision decreased $1.6 million or 66%, compared to fiscal 2019, related primarily to an unfavorable $1.4 million valuation allowance recorded in fiscal 2019 for our Australian deferred tax assets. 
Due to our history of net losses in the U.S., the protracted period for utilizing tax attributes in certain foreign currencyjurisdictions, and the difficulty in predicting future results, we believe that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize most of $0.6our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a full valuation allowance against our U.S. and certain foreign net deferred tax assets. Significant management judgement is required in assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support its reversal. Our income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent that sufficient positive evidence materializes to support a reversal of, or decrease in, our valuation allowance.
Comparison of the Years Ended March 31, 2019 and 2018

Revenue
 Year Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)
20191
 % of
revenue
 
20181
 % of
revenue
 $ Change % Change
Product revenue           
   Primary storage systems$58,811
 15% $77,976
 18% $(19,165) (25)%
   Secondary storage systems126,528
 31% 121,402
 28% 5,126
 4 %
   Devices and media59,315
 15% 69,204
 16% (9,889) (14)%
      Total product revenue$244,654
 61% $268,582
 61% $(23,928) (9)%
Service revenue134,696
 33% 136,523
 31% (1,827) (1)%
Royalty revenue23,330
 6% 32,579
 8% (9,249) (28)%
Total revenue$402,680
 100% $437,684
 100% $(35,004) (8)%
1 Primary and Secondary storage system revenue has been adjusted for fiscal years 2019 and 2018 due to certain reclassifications from Primary to Secondary storage systems.

Product Revenue
In fiscal 2019, product revenue decreased $23.9 million, or 9%, as compared to fiscal 2016.2018. Primary storage systems represented $19.2 million of the decrease, driven by declines in lower margin disk business in our U.S. domestic market. Devices and media decreased $9.9 million driven by a legal dispute, which caused a constraint on LTO tape supply between the two principal suppliers in the market. These were offset in part by secondary storage systems which increased $5.1 million driven by growth with our hyperscale customers.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015Service Revenue
The change in other expenseService revenue was relatively flat, decreasing 1% in fiscal 20162019 compared to other incomefiscal 2018. This decrease was due to a combination of reduced new customer installations and reduced support renewals from our legacy customers.
Royalty Revenue
We receive royalties from third parties that license our LTO media patents through our membership in the LTO consortium. Royalty revenue decreased $9.2 million, or 28%, in fiscal 20152019 as compared to fiscal 2018 due to overall declines in market unit volumes as the primary use of tape transitions from backup to archive workflows.


Gross Profit and Margin
 Year Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)2019 Gross
margin %
 2018 Gross
margin %
 $ Change Basis point change
Product gross profit$64,808
 26.5% $62,471
 23.3% $2,337
 320
Service gross profit79,476
 59.0% 77,734
 56.9% 1,742
 210
Royalty gross profit23,330
 100.0% 32,579
 100.0% (9,249) 
Gross profit$167,614
 41.6% $172,784
 39.5% $(5,170) 210

Product Gross Margin
Product gross margin increased 320 basis points in fiscal 2019, as compared with fiscal 2018. This increase was due primarily to cost reductions across a wide range of product offerings, and a mix weighted towards more profitable products.
Service Gross Margin
Service gross margin increased 210 basis points in fiscal 2019, as compared with fiscal 2018. This increase was due primarily to reductions in cost of service.
Royalty Gross Margin
Royalties do not have significant related cost of sales.

Operating expenses
 Year Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)2019 % of
revenue
 2018 % of
revenue
 $ Change % Change
Research and development$32,113
 8% $38,562
 9% $(6,449) (17)%
Sales and marketing69,400
 17% 102,242
 23% (32,842) (32)%
General and administrative65,277
 16% 52,128
 12% 13,149
 25 %
Restructuring charges5,570
 1% 8,474
 2% (2,904) (34)%
   Total operating expenses$172,360
 43% $201,406
 46% $(29,046) (14)%

In fiscal 2019, research and development expense decreased $6.4 million, or 17%, as compared with fiscal 2018. This decrease was partially attributable to a decrease in research and development headcount and professional services cost as we drove efficiencies throughout the business.
In fiscal 2019, sales and marketing expenses decreased $32.8 million, or 32%, as compared with fiscal 2018. This decrease was driven by a decrease in compensation and benefits as the result of lower headcount and a decrease in marketing programs and professional services costs.
In fiscal 2019, general and administrative expenses increased $13.1 million, or 25%, as compared with fiscal 2018. This increase was driven primarily by higher costs in fiscal 2019 related to our prior financial restatement and related activities. and increases in stock compensation expense.
In fiscal 2019, restructuring expenses decreased $2.9 million, or 34%, as compared with fiscal 2018. This decrease was primarily due to the high level of headcount reductions that occurred during fiscal 2018.


Other Income (Expense)
 Year Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)2019 % of
revenue
 2018 % of
revenue
 $ Change % Change
Other income (expense)$2,878
 1 % $767
 0 % (2,111) 275 %
Interest expense(21,095) (5)% (11,670) (3)% 9,425
 (81)%
Loss on debt extinguishment(17,458) (4)% (6,934) (2)% 10,524
 (152)%

In fiscal 2019, other (income) expense, net increased $2.1 million or 275%, compared to fiscal 2018. The increase was primarily due to a $13.6gain of $2.8 million gain on the saledisposal of ouran investment in fiscal 2019, offset by a privately held company$0.6 million reduction in fiscal 2015.
Interest Expense
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
                 
% of
revenue
                
% of
revenue
                 
% of
revenue
                                                
Interest expense$7,912
 1.6% $6,817
 1.4% $9,460
 1.7% $1,095
 16.1% $(2,643) (27.9)%
Interest expense includes the amortization of debt issuance costs for debt. For further information, refer to Note 7 “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Interest expense increased in fiscal 2017foreign exchange gain as compared to fiscal 2016 due to the higher2018.

In fiscal 2019, interest rate on our $50.0expense increased $9.4 million, term loan closed inor 81%, as compared with fiscal 2017.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Interest expense decreased in fiscal 2016 compared to the prior year period2018. This increase was primarily due to the payment of $50.0 million of aggregatea higher average principal amount of 3.50% notes during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.balance.

Loss on Debt Extinguishment, Net
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Loss on debt extinguishment, net$41
 % $394
 0.1% $1,295
 0.2% $(353) (89.6)% $(901) (69.6)%

debt extinguishment increased $10.5 million or 152% in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. The fiscal 2019 loss on debt extinguishment in fiscal 2017 was dueincluded $14.9 million related to the repaymentAugust 2018 modification of our Wells Fargo Credit Agreement resulting in a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.1TCW Term Loan, $1.8 million almost entirely offset by repurchases of our 4.50% Notes with an aggregate principal amount totaling $6.9 million resulting in a gain on debt extinguishment of less than $0.1 million.

The loss on debt extinguishment in fiscal 2016 was duerelated to the repurchase of $81.0August 2018 amendment to the PNC Credit Facility, and $0.8 million of aggregate principal amount ofrelated to the 3.50% notes for $82.4 million, which included $1.1 million of accrued interest. In connection with these transactions,December 2018 amendment to the PNC Credit Facility. During fiscal 2018, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.4$6.9 million which included a write-off of $0.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the purchased notes.February 2018 amendment to our TCW Term Loan.

The loss on debt extinguishment in fiscal 2015 was due to the purchase of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% notes for $51.0 million. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3 million comprised of the loss of $1.0 million from the notes purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt costs related to the purchased notes. For further information, refer to Note 7 “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Income Taxes
For the year ended March 31, ChangeYear Ended March 31,    
(dollars in thousands)2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 20152019 % of
revenue
 2018 % of
revenue
 $ Change % Change
  % of
pre-tax income
   % of
pre-tax loss
   % of
pre-tax income
       
Income tax provision$1,112
 23.4% $1,183
 (1.6)% $718
 4.0% $(71) (6.0)% $465
 64.8%
Income tax provision (benefit)$2,376
 1% $(3,113) (1)% $5,489
 (176)%
Tax expense in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was primarily comprised of foreign income taxes and state taxes. The decrease in
Our income tax provision inis primarily influenced by foreign and state income taxes. In fiscal 20172019, our income tax provision (benefit) increased $5.5 million or 176%, compared to fiscal 2018. The increase was primarily due to lowerfiscal 2018 benefitting from a $2.1 million reserve release resulting from an audit settlement with a foreign taxes. The increase in incometaxing authority and a $2.9 million refundable tax provision in 2016 was primarily due to higher foreign taxes in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. For additional information, including a reconciliationcredit resulting from the repeal of the effective tax rate, refer to Note 11 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
The following table details intangible asset amortization expense by classification within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31, Change
 2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
Cost of revenue$175
 $280
 $913
 $(105) (37.5)% $(633) (69.3)%
Sales and marketing
 
 2,784
 
  % (2,784) (100.0)%
 $175
 $280
 $3,697
 $(105) (37.5)% $(3,417) (92.4)%
The decreases in intangible asset amortization in fiscal 2017 and 2016 compared to the respective prior years was due to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized and retired. Refer to Note 5 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our amortizable intangible assets.
Share-Based Compensation
The following table summarizes share-based compensation within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31, Change
 2017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
Cost of revenue$895
 $1,241
 $1,489
 $(346) (27.9)% $(248) (16.7)%
Research and development1,300
 1,864
 2,559
 (564) (30.3)% (695) (27.2)%
Sales and marketing2,255
 2,907
 3,506
 (652) (22.4)% (599) (17.1)%
General and administrative2,248
 2,904
 4,029
 (656) (22.6)% (1,125) (27.9)%
 $6,698
 $8,916
 $11,583
 $(2,218) (24.9)% $(2,667) (23.0)%
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
The decrease in share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2017 was primarily due to the cancellationCorporate Alternative Minimum Tax enacted as part of the fiscal 2016 performance RSUsTax Cuts and a decreaseJobs Act in the fair value of newly issued restricted stock units. We incurred no stock options expense in fiscal 2017, as all outstanding options were fully vested at March 31, 2016.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
The decrease in share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $2.0 million decrease in the fair value of restricted stock units and departures of highly compensated employees.2017.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCESQuarterly Results of Operations and Key Business Metrics

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for the most recent eight quarters, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of our revenue for each quarter presented. The information for each quarter has been prepared on a basis consistent with our consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information contained in those statements. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 Three Months Ended
 Mar. 31, 2020 Dec. 31, 2019 Sep. 30, 2019 June 30, 2019 Mar. 31, 2019 Dec. 31, 2018 Sep. 30, 2018 June 30, 2018
Total revenue$88,215
 $103,315
 $105,789
 $105,630
 $103,277
 $101,979
 $89,912
 $107,512
Total cost of revenue52,132
 56,239
 62,266
 59,804
 60,611
 58,897
 54,385
 61,173
Gross profit36,083
 47,076
 43,523
 45,826
 42,666
 43,082
 35,527
 46,339
Operating expenses:               
Research and development9,243
 9,325
 9,350
 8,383
 8,083
 7,907
 7,862
 8,261
Sales and marketing13,423
 15,421
 14,824
 15,856
 16,603
 16,990
 16,682
 19,125
General and administrative10,833
 10,719
 14,329
 18,576
 18,333
 13,481
 14,072
 19,391
Restructuring charges2
 (64) 821
 263
 142
 1,227
 294
 3,907
Total33,501
 35,401
 39,324
 43,078
 43,161
 39,605
 38,910
 50,684
Income (loss) from operations2,582
 11,675
 4,199
 2,748
 (495) 3,477
 (3,383) (4,345)
Other income (expense)185
 (611) 76
 89
 (992) 3,846
 (196) 220
Interest expense(6,272) (6,425) (6,347) (6,306) (6,286) (6,238) (4,636) (3,935)
Loss on debt extinguishment, net
 
 
 
 
 (5,033) (12,425) 
Income (loss) before income taxes(3,505) 4,639
 (2,072) (3,469) (7,773) (3,948) (20,640) (8,060)
Income tax provision (benefit)332
 (110) 243
 338
 1,637
 337
 977
 (575)
Net income (loss)$(3,837) $4,749
 $(2,315) $(3,807) $(9,410) $(4,285) $(21,617) $(7,485)
Net income (loss) per share               
   Basic$(0.10) $0.12
 $(0.06) $(0.11) $(0.26) $(0.12) $(0.61) $(0.21)
   Diluted$(0.10) $0.10
 $(0.06) $(0.11) $(0.26) $(0.12) $(0.61) $(0.21)


Liquidity and Capital Resources

We consider liquidity in terms of the sufficiency of internal and Financial Condition
Asexternal cash resources to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. Our principal sources of March 31, 2017, we had $13.0 million ofliquidity include cash from operating activities, cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet and amounts available under our Amended PNC Credit Facility (as defined below). We require significant cash resources to meet obligations to pay principal and interest on our outstanding debt, provide for our research and development activities, fund our working capital needs, and make capital expenditures. Our future liquidity requirements will depend on multiple factors, including our research and development plans and capital asset needs. We are subject to the risks arising from COVID-19 which is comprisedhave caused substantial financial market volatility and have adversely affected both the U.S. and the global economy. We believe that these social and economic impacts have had a negative effect on sales due to the decline in our customers' ability or willingness to purchase our products and services. The extent of cash deposits.the impact will depend, in part, on how long the negative trends in customer demand and supply chain levels will continue. We expect the impact of COVID-19 to have a significant impact on our liquidity and capital resources.
We continue to focus on improving our operating performance, including efforts to increase revenue and to continue to control costs in order to improve margins, return to consistent profitability and generate positive cash flows from operating activities.
We believe that our existing cash and capital resourcessources of liquidity including the Amended PNC Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt service, contractual obligations and sustain operationsfund our cash flow requirements for at least the next 12 months. This belief is dependent uponWe may need or decide to seek additional funding through equity or debt financings but cannot guarantee that additional funds would be available on terms

acceptable to us, if at all. We believe we were in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Agreements as of the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We had cash and cash equivalents of $6.4 million as of March 31, 2020, compared to $10.8 million as of March 31, 2019. These amounts exclude, as of both dates, $5.0 million in restricted cash that we are required to maintain under the Credit Agreements (as defined below) and $0.8 million and $1.1 million of short-term restricted cash, respectively.

Our outstanding long-term debt amounted to $146.8 million as of March 31, 2020, net of $13.7 million in unamortized debt issuance costs and $7.3 million in current portion of long-term debt, and $145.6 million as of March 31, 2019, net of $17.3 million in unamortized debt issuance costs and $1.7 million in current portion of long-term debt. Included in long-term debt as of March 31, 2020 was $2.6 million of borrowings under our Amended PNC Credit Facility, which had an additional $22.7 million of borrowing availability as of March 31, 2020 (subject to change based on certain financial metrics). See “—Liquidity and Long-Term Debt” and “—Contractual Obligations” below for further information about our outstanding debt.

We are subject to various debt covenants under our Credit Agreements (as defined below). Our failure to comply with our debt covenants could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and ability to achieve gross margin projections andservice our obligations. See "Risks Related to control operating expenses in order to provide positive cash flow from operating activities. Should anyour Business Operations" section of the above assumptions prove incorrect, either in combination or individually, it would likely have a material negative effect on our cash balances and capital resources.Item 1A Risk Factors.

Cash Flows

The following istable summarizes our consolidated cash flows for the periods indicated.
 Year Ended March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)2020 2019 2018
Cash provided by (used in):     
   Operating activities(1,181) $(16,859) $(5,032)
   Investing activities(4,599) 235
 (2,296)
   Financing activities1,211
 16,210
 (11,232)
   Effect of exchange rate changes(16) 62
 (145)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash$(4,585) $(352) $(18,705)

Net Cash Used In Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $1.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2020, primarily attributable $20.9 million of changes in assets and liabilities due primarily to lower deferred revenue and manufacturing inventories, offset in part by certain non-cash items.

Net cash used in operating activities was $16.9 million in fiscal 2019, an increase of $11.8 million from $5.0 million in fiscal 2018, mainly reflecting a description$25.4 million decrease in payables in fiscal 2019, compared to a $21.6 million increase in fiscal 2018, and an approximately $7.4 million increase in cash interest expense in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, reflecting the terms of our existingrefinanced debt. Our outstanding payables increased steadily through each quarter in 2018 due to our efforts to manage working capital, resources including outstanding balances, funds availableundertaken mainly to borrowfund costs related to professional fees associated with the financial restatement activities and primary repayment terms including interest rates. For additional information, seerelated civil ligation defense costs, and decreased steadily through fiscal 2019, except in the fourth quarter, reflecting a normalization of our payables cycles following our debt refinancing in late December 2018. These factors more than offset the impact of a $20.9 million improvement in loss from operations.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $4.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2020, primarily attributable to $2.6 million of capital expenditures and $2.0 million for the purchase of the ActiveScale business.


Net cash provided by investing activities was $0.2 million in fiscal 2019, reflecting investment income of $2.9 million related to an investment in an equity fund that was liquidated during the period, which more than offset $2.7 million in capital expenditures.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $1.2 million, $16.2 million, and ($11.2) million for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended March 31, 2020 related primarily to net borrowings under the Amended PNC Credit Facility. Activity during the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 related primarily to our debt refinancing activities, which are summarized under “—Debt Profile and Covenants” below and Note 7 “Debt”4: Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.our consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity and Long-Term Debt

Paycheck Protection Program

On October 21, 2016 (“closing date”),April 13, 2020, we entered into a credit facility which includes a revolving credit and security agreementPayment Protection Term Note (the “Note”) effective April 11, 2020 with PNC Bank, National Association as the lender (“Lender”) in an aggregate principal amount of $10.0 million pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act (the “PPP Loan”). Subject to the terms of the Note, the PPP Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 1% per annum, with interest deferred up to a maximum of 10 months payable monthly thereafter, has an initial term of two years and is unsecured and guaranteed by the Small Business Administration. Under the terms of the PPP Loan, we may apply for forgiveness of the amount due on the Loan. We have utilized the proceeds from the PPP Loan for qualifying expenses and to apply for forgiveness of the PPP Loan in accordance with the terms of the CARES Act. However, we cannot be assured at this time that the PPP Loan will be forgiven partially, or in full.

Long-Term Debt

We are party to the Amended PNC Credit Agreement, a senior secured revolving credit agreement”)facility in an available principal amount equal to the lesser of (i) $45.0 million and a term loan credit and security agreement with TCW Asset Management Company LLC (“term loan agreement”). On(ii) the closing date, we borrowed $50.0 million“borrowing base” (as defined under the term loan agreement and $26.0Amended PNC Credit Agreement). The Amended PNC Credit Facility had a borrowing base of $27.0 million under the revolving credit agreement. These borrowings were used to i) pay $60.3 million of the outstanding balance on the WF credit agreement and accrued interest, ii) fund $10.0 million towards a portion of a $20.0 million restricted reserve requirement under the revolving credit agreement with the remaining portion of the requirement funded with cash on hand, iii) pay $4.7 million of transaction fees and other expenses and iv) pay a $1.0 million refundable deposit to Wells Fargo to hold during the transfer of our existing letters of credit to the new credit facility. Transaction fees and other expenses incurred under the credit facility included $3.1 million of debt issuance costs, $1.0 million of debt discount and $0.6 million of loan commitment fees. The $20.0 million restricted reserve requirement is presented as restricted cash, long-term within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017.2020, $22.7 million of which was available at that date.
Revolving credit
We are also party to a senior secured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $165.2 million as of March 31, 2020 (the “Senior Secured Term Loan” and together with the Amended PNC Credit Agreement, the “Credit Agreements”). The Senior Secured Term Loan provides for a senior secured term loan of $150.0 million, drawn on the closing date, and a senior secured delayed draw term loan of $15.0 million, drawn in January 2019. The proceeds of the Senior Secured Term Loan were used to repay our previously outstanding long-term debt and fund our working capital requirements. Outstanding amounts under both Credit Agreements mature and are due and payable on December 27, 2023.

Pursuant to each Credit Agreement, we granted a lien to the respective agents under the Senior Secured Term Loan and the Amended PNC Credit Facility in all of the assets now owned or hereafter acquired by us, Quantum LTO Holdings, LLC, our wholly-owned direct subsidiary and any future domestic subsidiary that, at the respective agent’s discretion, becomes a loan party under the Credit Agreements, including, without limitation: accounts, books, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, inventory, investment property, intellectual property and intellectual property licenses, equity interests, securities accounts, supporting obligations, money and cash equivalents, and the proceeds and products of each of the foregoing, in each case, subject to certain exceptions.

The Credit Agreements contain certain customary financial and other covenants, including requirements to prepay the loans in an amount equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain assets dispositions, subject to certain reinvestment rights and other exceptions, and restrictions on the payment of dividends and certain other payments (subject to certain exceptions). Amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreements may become due and payable upon the occurrence of specified events, which among other things include (subject to certain exceptions and cure periods): failure to pay principal, interest, or any fees when due; breach of any representation or warranty, covenant, or other agreement
Under in the revolving credit agreement, we haveCredit Agreements; the abilityoccurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect us or any of our subsidiaries; any “Event of Default” with respect to borrow the lesserother indebtedness involving an aggregate amount of $80$1.0 million or more; any lien created by the Credit Agreements or any related security

documents ceasing to be valid and perfected; the Credit Agreements or any related security documents or guarantees ceasing to be legal, valid, and binding upon the parties thereto; or a change of control.

Amendments to the Senior Secured Term Loan
On March 30, 2020 and March 31, 2020, we entered into amendments to the Senior Secured Term Loan which, among other things, included (a) a payment of $1.9 million of the interest due on April 1, 2020 in kind rather than in cash, and (b) the waiver of compliance with the total net leverage ratio covenant, as defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan agreement, for the quarter ended March 31, 2020.

On June 16, 2020, we entered into an amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan (the "June 2020 Term Loan Amendment"). The amendment provides an additional borrowing of $20.0 million in senior secured term loans, which was immediately drawn in full. The amendment also: (a) waives the excess cash flow payment ("ECF") of $5.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2020; (b) defers payment of the scheduled amortization payments due on June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2020 until the maturity date; (c) amends the definition of “EBITDA” to, among other things, add an add-back for certain costs, expenses and fees incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the amendment; (d) waives compliance with the total net leverage ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum liquidity and minimum EBITDA financial covenants for the quarters ending on June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, December 31, 2020, and March 31, 2021; (e) adds a financial covenant that requires a minimum monthly average undrawn availability of $7.0 million under the Amended PNC Credit Facility during the period from June 30, 2020 through and including May 31, 2021; and (f) amends the covenant levels for the total net leverage ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, and minimum EBITDA financial covenants, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2021. The amendment modified the Equity Clawback to allow us to prepay up to 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the monthly borrowing base, which is reduced by $1.0 million byoutstanding Senior Secured Term Loan balance with cash proceeds of a public offering of our common stock at a prepayment premium of 5% of the outstanding lettersprincipal amount being repaid. The amendment also added an exit fee of credit. Our borrowing base is established monthly based on certain working capital asset balances. The revolving credit agreement also includes an uncommitted accordion in an2% of the aggregate principal amount uprepaid excluding amounts repaid that are subject to $20 million. The revolving credit agreement matures on October 21, 2021. As of March 31, 2017, our excess availability under the revolving credit agreement was $46.4 million.Equity Clawback.
Borrowings under the revolving credit agreementSenior Secured Term Loan bear interest at a rate per annum, equal to, at our option, eitherequal to (a) the greatest of (i) the base rate, (ii) the Federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) the LIBOR rate based upon an interest period of 1 month plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 1.50%, or (b) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 2.50%. The base rate is defined in the revolving credit agreement. Additionally, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit agreement on a quarterly basis, which is recorded as interest expense in the period incurred. As of March 31, 2017, the weighted average interest rate on our revolving credit agreement was 3.86% and we paid $0.4 million of interest during fiscal 2017.
Term loan agreement
The term loan agreement provides for $50 million of a senior secured term loan which we drew on the closing date and $20 million of a senior secured delay draw term loan (“DDTL”). Borrowings under the DDTL are restricted to be used only to redeem our 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017 (“4.50% notes”). We expect to redeem the remaining $64.1 million in aggregate principal amount of the 4.50% notes no later than November 15, 2017. The term loan agreement matures on October 21, 2021. The principal amount outstanding under the term loan is to be repaid on a quarterly basis in an amount equal to 1.25% of the original principal amount beginning on March 31, 2018, with any remaining principal balance due on the maturity of the term loan.
Borrowings under the term loan agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) the greatestgreater of (i) 3.00%, (ii) the Federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (iii) the LIBOR rate based upon an interest period of 1 month plus 1.0%, and (iv) the “prime rate” lastPrime rate as quoted by the Wall Street Journal, plus aan applicable margin ranging from 6.00% to 7.25% basedof 9.00% or (b) LIBOR Rate plus an applicable margin of 10.00%. Interest on the Senior Secured Term Loan is payable quarterly. Principal payments of 0.25% of the original balance of the Senior Secured Term Loan are due quarterly with the remaining principal balance due at maturity. Additionally, on an annual basis beginning with the fiscal year ending March 31, 2021, we will be required to perform a calculation of ECF which may require an additional payment of the principal in certain circumstances. The interest rate applicable senior net leverage ratio, or (b)to our borrowings under the LIBOR rate plus 7.00% to 8.25% based on the applicable senior net leverage ratio. The

senior net leverage ratio is defined in the term loan agreement. AsSenior Secured Term Loan as of March 31, 2017,2020 was 12.0%.

In connection with the June 2020 Term Loan Amendment, we issued to certain lenders and certain of their affiliates warrants (the “2020 Term Loan Warrants”) to purchase 3,400,000 shares our interest rate on the term loan was 8.55% and we paid $1.2 millioncommon stock, at an exercise price of interest during fiscal 2017.
$3.00 per share. The revolving credit agreementexercise price and the term loan agreement containnumber of shares underlying the 2020 Term Loan Warrants are subject to adjustment in the event of specified events, including dilutive issuances of common stock linked equity instruments at a price lower than the exercise price of the 2020 Term Loan Warrants, a subdivision or combination of our common stock, a reclassification of our common stock or specified dividend payments. The 2020 Term Loan Warrants are exercisable until June 16, 2030. Upon exercise, the aggregate exercise price may be paid, at each warrant holder’s election, in cash or on a net issuance basis, based upon the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise.

Amendments to Amended PNC Credit Facility

On April 3, 2020, we entered into an amendment to the Amended PNC Credit Facility. The amendment amends certain financial covenants and customary events of default for such securities. Financial covenants include a fixed charge coverage ratio, seniorterms, including to waive compliance with the total net leverage ratio and total leverage ratio. Additionally,ratio covenants for the revolving credit agreementquarter ending March 31, 2020.

On June 16, 2020, we entered into an amendment to the Amended PNC Credit Facility. The amendment includes certain terms, including: (a) amend the definition of “EBITDA” to, among other things, an add-back for certain costs, expenses and fees incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the amendment; (b) waive compliance with the total net leverage ratio, total leverage ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum average liquidity and minimum EBITDA financial covenants for the quarters ending on June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, December 31, 2020, and

March 31, 2021; (c) add a financial covenant that requires a minimum monthly average undrawn availability level of $7.0 million for the period from June 30, 2020 through and including May 31, 2021; (d) add a financial covenant that requires a minimum liquidity requirements. Thereof not less than $10.0 million at the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2021; and (e) amend the covenant levels for the total net leverage ratio, total leverage ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, and minimum EBITDA financial covenants, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2021. The Amended PNC Credit Facility continues to include a covenant that requires a minimum of $5.0 million of PNC qualified cash at all times.

The amendment also adjusts the applicable margin for advances under the Amended PNC Credit Facility such that (i) advances designated as “Domestic Rate Loans” and “Swing Loans” will have an applicable margin of (a) 4.50% for the period from the June 16, 2020 until the date quarterly financial statements are delivered to PNC for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021 and (b) thereafter, ranging from 3.50% to 4.50% based on our applicable total leverage ratio and (ii) advances designated as “LIBOR Rate Loans” will have an applicable margin of (a) 5.50% for the period from June 16, 2020, until the date quarterly financial statements are delivered to PNC for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021 and (b) thereafter, ranging from 4.50% to 5.50% based on our applicable total leverage ratio.

Commitments and Contingencies

Our contingent liabilities consist primarily of certain financial guarantees, both express and implied, related to product liability and potential infringement of intellectual property. We have little history of costs associated with such indemnification requirements and contingent liabilities associated with product liability may be mitigated by our insurance coverage. In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions of our services and products, we indemnify certain parties with respect to certain matters, such as intellectual property infringement or other claims. We also have indemnification agreements with our current and former officers and directors. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of our indemnification claims, and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by us under these agreements have not had a material impact on our operating results, financial position or cash flows.

We are also subject to ordinary course of business litigation, See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently have any other off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Contractual Obligations

Contractual obligations are cash amounts that we are obligated to pay as part of certain contracts that we have entered into during the normal course of business. Below is a blanket lien on all oftable that shows our assets under the revolving credit agreement and term loan agreement. Ascontractual obligations as of March 31, 2017, and during fiscal 2017, we were in compliance with all covenants.
Generation of positive cash flow from operating activities has historically been, and will continue to be, an important source of cash to fund operating needs and meet our current and long-term obligations. We plan to pay off our 4.50% Notes using our excess capacity under our credit facility as well as cash generated from operations. We may choose to raise additional capital if strategically advantageous to the company. We can provide no assurance that such debt or equity financing would be available to us on commercially acceptable terms or at all.
We have taken many actions in recent years and are continuing to take such actions to offset the negative impact of economic uncertainty and slow economic growth and their impact on the data protection and scale-out storage markets. We cannot provide assurance that the actions we have taken in the past or any actions we may take in the future will ensure a consistent, sustainable and sufficient level of net income and positive cash flow from operating activities to fund, sustain or grow our business. Certain events that are beyond our control, including prevailing economic, competitive and industry conditions, as well as various legal and other disputes, may prevent us from achieving these financial objectives. Any inability to achieve consistent and sustainable net income and cash flow could result in:
(i)Restrictions on our ability to manage or fund our existing operations, which could result in a material and adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition.
(ii)Failure to comply with the terms of our debt agreements and unwillingness on the part of the lenders to do any of the following:
Provide a waiver or amendment for any covenant violations we may experience in future periods, thereby triggering a default under, or termination of, the revolving credit line, or
Approve any amendments to the credit agreement we may seek to obtain in the future.
Any lack of renewal, waiver, or amendment, if needed, could result in the revolving credit line becoming unavailable to us and any amounts outstanding becoming immediately due and payable.
(iii)Further impairment of our financial flexibility, which could require us to raise additional funding in the capital markets sooner than we otherwise would, and on terms less favorable to us, if available at all.
Any of the above mentioned items, individually or in combination, could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations, available cash and cash flows, financial condition, access to capital and liquidity.

Cash Flows
Following is a summary of cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities2020 (in thousands):
  As of or for the year ended March 31,
(In thousands)        2017 2016 2015
Cash and cash equivalents $12,958
 $33,870
 $67,948
Net income (loss) 3,645
 (76,394) 17,083
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 8,914
 (11,720) 6,034
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (21,992) (3,621) 11,641
Net cash (used in) financing activities (7,886) (18,724) (48,641)
 Payments Due by Period
(in thousands)Total 
Less than
1 year
 1 – 3 Years 3 –5 Years 
More than
5 years
Long-term debt(1)
$167,828
 $7,321
 $3,300
 $157,207
 $
Interest on long-term debt(2)
69,419
 17,546
 37,874
 13,999
 
Operating leases(3)
19,405
 4,878
 6,496
 5,142
 2,889
Purchase obligations(4)
19,487
 19,487
 
 
 
     Total$276,139
 $49,232
 $47,670
 $176,348
 $2,889

Fiscal 2017(1)
The $5.3 million difference between net income and cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2017 was primarily due to $18.7 million in non-cash items,Represents nominal principal amount of debt outstanding under the largestSenior Secured Term Loan as of which were share-based compensation, depreciation and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, we had a $8.0 million decrease in inventories, offset by an increase of $10.1 million in accounts receivable and a decrease of $4.8 million in accounts payable. The decrease in inventories was primarily dueMarch 31, 2020. See Note 4: Debt, to our continued effortsconsolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2) Estimated interest payment obligations have been calculated for all periods assuming an interest rate of 12.0%, which was the rate applicable to align inventory levels with projected sales. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to the increase in revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. The decrease in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of payments and lower inventory and property and equipment purchases in fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016.
Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to a $20.2 million change in restricted cash related to our Revolving Credit Agreement.
Cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the $6.9 million repayment of the 4.50% Notes and net repayments of $1.2 million related to the repayment of the WF credit agreement and net borrowingsoutstanding amounts under the new credit facility.
Fiscal 2016Senior Secured Term Loan as of March 31, 2020.
The $63.0 million difference between net loss and cash used in operating activities in fiscal 2016 was primarily due to $78.2 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were goodwill impairment, share-based compensation, depreciation and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, we had an $18.2 million decrease in accounts receivable, which was offset by decreases of $12.7 million in accrued compensation, $11.1 million in deferred revenue and $8.2 million in accounts payable. The decrease in accounts receivable was primarily due to lower revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. The decrease in accrued compensation was primarily due to payments of a profit sharing bonus accrued in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016 and a lower commission accrual in fiscal 2016 related to lower branded revenue. The decrease in deferred revenue was largely due to decreased deferred service contracts revenue for tape automation systems. The decrease in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of invoice payments and lower inventory purchases in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.

Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $3.5 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment for product development, IT infrastructure upgrades and leasehold improvements in our Colorado Springs facility.

Cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the $83.7 million payment of the 3.50% notes, partially offset by $65.7 million of net borrowings under the WF credit agreement.
Fiscal 2015
The $10.7 million difference between reported net income and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $22.6 million increase in accounts receivable, a $19.7 million increase in manufacturing inventories and a $13.6 million gain on sale of other investments, offset by $29.0 million of non-cash items and a $12.8 million increase in accounts payable. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to increased product revenue and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The increases in manufacturing inventories and accounts payable were due to increased inventory purchases to ensure adequate quantities on hand to fulfill orders. The largest non-cash items included share-based compensation, depreciation, amortization and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment.


Cash provided by investing activities was primarily due to $15.1 million(3) Operating leases include leases of proceeds of sale of other investments in a privately held company, partially offset by $3.2 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment for product development and permanent demo units.

Cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the purchase of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of convertible subordinated debt.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Lease Commitments
We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements. Certainagreements and equipment leases for various types of office equipment. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses and provisions for maintenance, taxes or insurance. We also have equipment leases for computers and other office equipment. Future minimum lease payments under these operating leases are shown below in the “Contractual Obligations” section.clauses.
Commitments to Purchase Inventory
We use contract manufacturers for our manufacturing operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We have similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We are responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the third party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for inventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 2017, we had issued non-cancelable(4)Includes primarily contractual commitments for $34.3 million to purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers and other suppliers.
Stock Repurchases
During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized usSee Note 4: Debt, to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stockconsolidated financial statements included elsewhere in open market purchases or private transactions. As of March 31, 2017, $87.9 million remained under this authorization. No stock repurchases were made during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015. Repurchases of our common stock are generally prohibited under the terms of our new credit facility.Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Contractual Obligations
The table below summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2017 (in thousands):
 Payments Due by Period
 
Less than
1 year
 1 – 3 years 3 –5 years 
More than
5 years
 Total
Long-term debt$5,611
 $21,374
 $62,830
 $
 $89,815
Convertible subordinated debt64,864
 
 
 
 64,864
Purchase obligations34,348
 
 
 
 34,348
Operating leases:        

Lease payments8,927
 14,199
 6,633
 1,989
 31,748
Sublease rental income(1,426) (2,186) (813) 
 (4,425)
Total operating leases7,501
 12,013
 5,820
 1,989
 27,323
Total contractual cash obligations$112,324
 $33,387
 $68,650
 $1,989
 $216,350
The contractual commitments shown above includes $23.1 million in interest payments on our various debt obligations. As of March 31, 2017, we had $5.6 million of long-term tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions, for which we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of when payments are likely to occur.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
See Recent Accounting Pronouncements in Note 3 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and effects on our results of operations and financial condition.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND POLICIES

Our discussion and analysisThe preparation of theour consolidated financial condition and results of operations is based on the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been preparedstatements in accordance with accounting principles generally acceptedU.S. GAAP requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the U.S. The preparation of theseconsolidated financial statements requires us to make significantand accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate estimates, and judgments about future uncertainties that affect reported assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimateswhich are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions believedthat we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our significantWe consider the following accounting policies are presented within Note 3 to be critical to understanding our financial statements because the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our criticalapplication of these policies requires significant judgment on the part of management, which could have a material impact on our financial statements if actual performance should differ from historical experience or if our assumptions were to change. The following accounting policies include estimates that require the most difficult,management’s subjective or complex judgments and are described below. An accounting estimate is considered critical if it requires estimates about the effecteffects of matters that are inherently uncertain when the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. We have discussed the development, selection and disclosure ofuncertain. For information on our criticalsignificant accounting policies, withincluding the Audit Committeepolicies discussed below, see Note 1: Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our Board of Directors. We believe the assumptions and estimates used and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition
Application of the various accounting principles related to measurement
Our revenue is derived from three main sources: (1) Products, (2) Professional services and recognition of revenue requires us to make judgments and estimates(3) Royalties. Our performance obligations are satisfied at a point in the following related areas: determining estimated selling prices and allocating revenue based on the relative selling prices in arrangements with multiple deliverables. When we enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables suchtime or over time as hardware, software and services, we determine the estimated selling price for each element. Additionally, we sometimes use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue.
Management’s evaluation of our multiple element arrangements includes an assessment of whether we have vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) or best estimate of selling price ("BESP") for each deliverable, which includes the interpretation of non-standard terms and conditions in sales agreements; assessments of future price adjustments such as rebates, price protection and future product returns and estimates for contractual licensee fees. We establish VSOE based upon the selling price of the elements when sold on a standalone basis. When VSOE cannot be established we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for largely interchangeable products when sold separately. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP. We use judgment to determine BESP, which is the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were regularly sold on a standalone basis. In this determination we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices, external market conditions and competitive positioning for similar offerings. Additionally, management assesses the effect of any non-standard terms and conditions in sales agreements, estimates future price adjustments such as rebates, price protection and product returns and makes estimates for contractual licensee fees.
While thestand ready obligations. The majority of our sales arrangements contain standard termsrevenue is recognized at a point in time when products are accepted, installed or delivered. Product revenue is recognized at the point in time when the customer takes control of the product, which typically occurs at the point of shipment. Professional services revenue primarily consists of installation, consulting and conditions, we sometimes apply judgment when interpreting complex arrangements with non-standard termstraining and conditions to determine the appropriate accountinghardware and timingsoftware support. Installation services are typically completed within a short period of revenue recognition. An example of such a judgment is deferring revenue related to significant post-delivery obligationstime and customer acceptance criteria until such obligations are fulfilled.
For software products, we generally recognize revenue for the software upon delivery and recognize revenue from post-contract customerthese services is recognized upon completion, while revenue from support plans is recognized ratably over the contractual term of the support agreement. Revenue from our post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue as the value of these support arrangements are the upgrades and enhancements to the software licenses themselves and there is no on-site support.
For our established software product lines, we have determined VSOE for our post-contract customer support services through standalone sales of the support renewal contracts.  For newly introduced software products for which support is not yet sold separately, we initially establish VSOE based on the stated support renewal rates included within the contract (“stated renewals”).
service contract. We license certain softwareproducts under royalty arrangements, pursuant to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed the software into specific products they offer. As consideration,which our licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licenseesperiodically provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. Similarly, royalty revenue is estimated from licensee reports ofcontaining units sold to end users subject to royalties under master contracts. In both cases, thesethe royalties. The reports are used to substantiate deliverythat our performance obligation has been satisfied and we recognize royalty revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.


Inventory Allowances
Our manufacturingThere are significant judgements used when applying ASC Topic 606 to contracts with customers. Most of our contracts contain multiple goods and services designed to meet each customers’ unique storage needs. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of the good or service parts inventories are stated atunderlying each performance obligation. Where standalone selling price may not be directly observable (e.g., the lowerperformance obligation is not sold separately), we maximize the use of cost or market,observable inputs by using information including reviewing discounting practices, performance obligations with cost computedsimilar customers and product groupings. We determined that invoice price is the best representation of what we expect to receive from the delivery of each performance obligation. This judgment is based on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustmentsthe fact that each storage solution is customizable to reducemeet an individual customer’s needs and every product’s transaction price can vary depending on the carrying valuemix of both manufacturingother products included in the same purchase order and service parts inventories to their net realizable value are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include significant estimates and judgments about the future of product life cycles, product demand, rapid technological changes, development plans, product pricing, physical deterioration, quality issues, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts.
Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Goodwill

We use an undiscounted cash flow approach to evaluate our long-lived assets for recoverability when there are impairment indicators. Estimatesno identifiable trends that provide a good representation of future cash flows require significant judgments about the future and include company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, both of whichexpected margin for each product.
Product revenue may be impacted by market conditions. Other critical estimates include determininga variety of price adjustments or other factors, including rebates, returns and stock rotation. We use the expected value method to estimate the net consideration expected to be returned by the customer. We use historical data and current trends to drive our estimates. We record a reduction to revenue to account for these items that may result in variable consideration. We initially measure a returned asset group or groups within our long-lived assets,at the primary asset of an asset group and the primary asset’s useful life.

We apply judgment when reviewing goodwill for impairment, including when evaluating potential impairment indicators. Indicators we consider include adverse changes in the economy or business climate that could affect the value of our goodwill, overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or operating income, changes in our business strategy, product mix or to the long-term economic outlook, a sustained decrease in our stock price and testing long-lived assets for recoverability. In addition, we evaluate on the basiscarrying amount of the weight of evidenceinventory, less any expected costs to recover the significance of identified events and circumstances along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount,goods including positive mitigating events and circumstances.

In addition to comparing the carryingpotential decreases in value of the returned goods.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial reporting unitand tax bases of assets and liabilities, measured at the enacted tax rates expected to its fair value, becauseapply to taxable income in the

years in which those tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Based on the evaluation of available evidence, both positive and negative, we have negative book value,recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered to be more likely than not.

A valuation allowance is provided if we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whetherbelieve it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the fair valuedeferred tax asset will not be realized. An increase or decrease in the valuation allowance, if any, that results from a change in circumstances, and which causes a change in our judgment about the realizability of goodwillthe related deferred tax asset, is less than its carrying amount. If we determineincluded in the tax provision.

We recognize the financial statement effects of an uncertain income tax position when it is more likely than not, that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, then a second step must be performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, requiring additional assumptions and judgments.

If the second step of a goodwill impairment test is required, the following assumptions and estimates may be used by management in an income approach analysis. We derive discounted cash flows using estimates and assumptions about the future. Other significant assumptions may include: expected future revenue growth rates, operating profit margins, working capital levels, asset lives used to generate future cash flows, a discount rate, a terminal value multiple, income tax rates and utilization of net operating loss tax carryforwards. These assumptions are developed using current market conditions as well as internal projections. Inherent in our development of cash flow projections for the income approach used in an impairment test are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, approved business plans, expected growth, cost of capital and income tax rates. We also make certain assumptions about future economic conditions, applicable interest rates and other market data.
Accrued Warranty
We estimate future product failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical return rates are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rates. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products.

Income Taxes
A number of estimates and judgments are necessary to determine deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowances. We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-noton technical merits, that the position wouldwill be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes.examination. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances and changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under auditlaw. We recognize penalties and new audit activity.
We have providedtax-related interest expense as a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets due to our historycomponent of net losses, difficulty in predicting future results and our conclusion that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. In addition, we have provided a full valuation allowance against certain of our international net deferred tax assets. Due to reorganizations in these jurisdictions, it is unclear whether we will be able to realize a benefit from these deferred tax assets. Also, certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. Future income tax expense willin our consolidated statements of operations. See Note 9: Income Taxes, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Inventories

Manufacturing Inventories

Our manufacturing inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Costs include material, direct labor, and an allocation of overhead in the case of work in process. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be reducedrequired if these factors differ from our estimates.

Service Parts Inventories

Our service parts inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on a FIFO basis. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. We record adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value and dispose of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and the volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

Restructuring Reserves

Restructuring reserves include charges related to the extent that we have sufficient evidencerealignment and restructuring of our business operations. These charges represent judgments and estimates of costs of severance, closure and consolidation of facilities and settlement of contractual obligations under our operating leases, including sublease rental rates, asset write-offs and other related costs. We reassess the reserve requirements to support a reversalcomplete each individual plan under restructuring programs at the end of each reporting period. If these estimates change in the future or decrease in this allowance. We also have deferred tax assets and liabilities due to prior business acquisitions with corresponding valuation allowances after assessingactual results differ from our ability to realize any future benefit from these acquired net deferred tax assets.estimates, additional charges may be required.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

For recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements, see Note 1: BusinessDescription and Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements.


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.

Interest Rate Risk
Changes in
Our primary interest rates affect interest income earned on our cash equivalents, which consisted solely of money market funds in fiscal 2017 and 2016. During both fiscal 2017 and 2016,rate risk exposure is to changing interest rates on these funds wereour long-term debt. We had total outstanding debt of $165.2 million under 1.0% and we earned a negligible amount ofour variable interest income, thus a hypothetical 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would have an insignificant impact on interest income.
In addition, changes in interest rates affect interest expense on our borrowings under the revolving loan agreement and the term loan agreement. Under the term loan agreement and the revolving loan agreement, we had $50.0 million and $18.5 million outstanding borrowings at an interest rate of 8.55% and 3.86%, respectively,Senior Secured Term Loan as of March 31, 2017. A hypothetical 100 basis2020. Borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan bear interest at a rate per annum, at the Company’s option, equal to (a) the greater of (i) 3.00%, (ii) the Federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (iii) the LIBOR Rate based upon an interest period of 1 month plus 1.00%, and (iv) the Prime Rate as quoted by the Wall Street Journal, plus an applicable margin of 9.00% or (b) LIBOR Rate plus an applicable margin of 10.00%. Interest on the Senior Secured Term Loan is payable quarterly beginning in the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021 under the terms of our amended Senior Secured Term Loan. As of March 31, 2020, we have $2.6 million in borrowings on our Amended PNC Credit Facility. Based on the amounts outstanding, a 100-basis point increase or decrease in market interest rate would result in an approximate $0.7 million change in our annual interest expense on our outstanding borrowingsrates as of March 31, 2017.
2020 would not result in a change to our annual interest expense. Our convertible subordinated notesother long-term debt related to lease obligations have fixed interest rates thus a hypothetical 100 basis point increaseand terms, and as such, we consider the associated risk to our results of operations from changes in market rates of interest rates would not impact interest expense.applied to our lease obligations to be minimal.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We conduct business in certain international markets, primarily in the European Union.markets. Because we operate in international markets, we have exposure to different economic climates, political arenas, tax systems and regulations that could affect foreign exchange rates. Our primary exposure to foreign currency risk relates to transacting in foreign currency and recording the activity in U.S. dollars. Changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and these other currencies will result in transaction gains or losses, which we recognize in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

To the extent practicable, we minimize our foreign currency exposures by maintaining natural hedges between our assets and liabilities and revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies. We may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts or other economic hedges in the future. Our goal in managing our foreign exchange risk is to reduce to the extent practicable our potential exposure to the changes that exchange rates might have on our earnings. We make

Inflation Risk

Based on our analysis of the periods presented, we believe that inflation has not had a number of estimates in conducting hedging.  In the event those estimates differ significantly from actualmaterial effect on our operating results. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results we could experience greater volatility as a result of our hedges.and financial condition.



ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 Page
Quantum Corporation – Financial Statements


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Quantum Corporation:Corporation
San Jose, California

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In our opinion,We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quantum Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2020 and 2019 and the related consolidated statements of operations ofand comprehensive income (loss), ofloss, stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of stockholders’ deficitMarch 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Quantum Corporation and its subsidiaries atthe Company as of March 31, 20172020 and March 31, 2016,2019, and the results of theirits operations and theirits cash flows for each of the three years in the three-year period ended March 31, 20172020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying indexpresents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017,2020, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) (2013) issued by COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the Committeeconsolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of Sponsoring Organizationsaccounting for leases in 2020 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), using the Treadway Commission (COSO). modified retrospective transition method.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’sCompany's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’sthe accompanying Management Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinionsan opinion on thesethe Company's consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’sCompany's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditsaudit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessingstatements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, andas well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement presentation.statements. Our auditaudits of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our auditsaudit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’scompany's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’scompany's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i)(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii)(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii)(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’scompany's assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Emphasis of Matter - COVID-19
As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a global pandemic leading to broader global economic uncertainties. The measures taken by government agencies to slow the progression of the disease are uncertain and may adversely affect the Company’s result of operations, cash flows and financial position. Our opinions are not modified with respect to this matter.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers ArmaninoLLP
Seattle, Washington
May 31, 2017San Ramon, California

June 24, 2020


We have served as the Company's auditor since 2019.




QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Inin thousands, except par value)per share amounts)
March 31,
March 31, 2017 March 31, 20162020 2019
Assets      
Current assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents$12,958
 $33,870
$6,440
 $10,790
Restricted cash1,832
 2,788
830
 1,065
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $16 and $22, respectively116,056
 105,959
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,247 and $68, respectively70,370
 86,828
Manufacturing inventories27,661
 40,614
29,196
 18,440
Service parts inventories19,849
 21,407
20,502
 19,070
Other current assets9,969
 8,007
8,489
 18,095
Total current assets188,325
 212,645
135,827
 154,288
Long-term assets:   
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation11,186
 12,939
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization276
 451
Property and equipment, net9,046
 8,437
Restricted cash20,000
 
5,000
 5,000
Right-of-use assets, net12,689
 
Other long-term assets5,240
 4,565
3,433
 5,146
Total long-term assets36,702
 17,955
$225,027
 $230,600
Total assets$165,995
 $172,871
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit      
Current liabilities:      
Accounts payable$41,611
 $46,136
$36,949
 $37,395
Accrued warranty3,263
 3,430
Deferred revenue84,683
 88,919
81,492
 90,407
Accrued restructuring charges869
 1,621

 2,876
Long-term debt
 3,000
Convertible subordinated debt62,827
 
Long-term debt, current portion7,321
 1,650
Accrued compensation24,104
 22,744
14,957
 17,117
Other accrued liabilities12,998
 13,806
17,535
 29,025
Total current liabilities230,355
 179,656
158,254
 178,470
Long-term liabilities:   
Deferred revenue37,642
 35,427
37,443
 36,733
Accrued restructuring charges481
 1,116
Long-term debt, net of current portion65,028
 62,709
146,847
 145,621
Convertible subordinated debt
 69,253
Operating lease liability10,822
 
Other long-term liabilities7,520
 8,324
11,154
 11,827
Total long-term liabilities110,671
 176,829
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)
 
Stockholders’ deficit:
 
Total liabilities364,520
 372,651
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)

 

Stockholders’ deficit
 
Preferred stock:      
Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2017 and 2016
 
Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2020 and 2019
 
Common stock:      
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 34,063 and 33,276 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively341
 332
Capital in excess of par473,850
 466,879
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 125,000 shares authorized; 39,905 and 36,040 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively399
 360
Additional paid-in capital505,762
 499,224
Accumulated deficit(593,295) (596,940)(703,164) (697,954)
Accumulated other comprehensive income3,105
 3,844
Stockholders’ deficit(115,999) (125,885)
$225,027
 $230,600
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(1,522) (1,410)
Total stockholders' deficit(198,525) (199,780)
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit$165,995
 $172,871
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.

QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(Inin thousands, except per share data)amounts)

 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Product revenue$322,212
 $286,217
 $355,579
Service revenue144,335
 148,548
 155,674
Royalty revenue38,798
 41,193
 41,842
Total revenue505,345
 475,958
 553,095
Product cost of revenue231,207
 207,139
 237,400
Service cost of revenue60,714
 65,778
 70,686
Total cost of revenue291,921
 272,917
 308,086
Gross profit213,424
 203,041
 245,009
Operating expenses:     
Research and development44,379
 48,703
 58,618
Sales and marketing103,235
 108,735
 113,954
General and administrative51,599
 53,793
 56,513
Restructuring charges2,063
 4,006
 1,666
Goodwill impairment
 55,613
 
Total operating expenses201,276
 270,850
 230,751
Gain on sale of assets
 
 462
Income (loss) from operations12,148
 (67,809) 14,720
Other income (expense)562
 (191) 13,836
Interest expense(7,912) (6,817) (9,460)
Loss on debt extinguishment, net(41) (394) (1,295)
Income (loss) before income taxes4,757

(75,211)
17,801
Income tax provision1,112
 1,183
 718
Net income (loss)$3,645
 $(76,394) $17,083
      
Basic net income (loss) per share$0.11
 $(2.33) $0.54
Diluted net income (loss) per share$0.11
 $(2.33) $0.53
      
Weighted average shares:     
Basic33,742
 32,841
 31,833
Diluted34,113
 32,841
 32,503
 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Revenue:     
Product$251,168
 $244,654
 $268,582
Service131,050
 134,696
 136,523
Royalty20,731
 23,330
 32,579
Total revenue402,949
 402,680
 437,684
Cost of revenue:     
Product179,760
 179,846
 206,111
Service50,681
 55,220
 58,789
Total cost of revenue230,441
 235,066
 264,900
Gross profit172,508
 167,614
 172,784
Operating expenses:     
Research and development36,301
 32,113
 38,562
Sales and marketing59,524
 69,400
 102,242
General and administrative54,457
 65,277
 52,128
Restructuring charges1,022
 5,570
 8,474
Total operating expenses151,304
 172,360
 201,406
Income (loss) from operations21,204
 (4,746) (28,622)
Other income (expense), net(261) 2,878
 767
Interest expense(25,350) (21,095) (11,670)
Loss on debt extinguishment, net
 (17,458) (6,934)
Net loss before income taxes(4,407)
(40,421)
(46,459)
Income tax provision (benefit)803
 2,376
 (3,113)
Net loss$(5,210) $(42,797) $(43,346)
      
Net loss per share - basic and diluted$(0.14) $(1.20) $(1.25)
Weighted average shares - basic and diluted37,593
 35,551
 34,687
      
Net loss$(5,210) $(42,797) $(43,346)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net(112) (1,136) 1,402
Total comprehensive loss$(5,322) $(43,933) $(41,944)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.


QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands)
 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Net income (loss)$3,645
 $(76,394) $17,083
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:     
Foreign currency translation adjustments(826) 21
 (3,490)
Net change on revaluation of long-term intercompany balances, net of taxes of $23, $(15) and $200, respectively87
 (57) 750
Total other comprehensive (loss)(739) (36) (2,740)
Total comprehensive income (loss)$2,906
 $(76,430) $14,343

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Cash flows from operating activities:     
Net income (loss)$3,645
 $(76,394) $17,083
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:     
Depreciation5,433
 6,410
 8,281
Amortization of intangible assets175
 280
 3,697
Amortization and write off of debt issuance costs1,373
 1,062
 1,896
Service parts lower of cost or market adjustment4,960
 5,972
 3,698
Deferred income taxes97
 (85) (160)
Share-based compensation6,698
 8,916
 11,583
Goodwill impairment
 55,613
 
Gain on sale of assets
 
 (462)
Gain on sale of other investments
 
 (13,574)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:     
Accounts receivable(10,097) 18,043
 (22,554)
Manufacturing inventories12,931
 6,778
 (19,688)
Service parts inventories(4,969) (780) (1,010)
Accounts payable(4,845) (8,180) 12,849
Accrued warranty(167) (789) (1,897)
Deferred revenue(2,020) (11,085) (2,721)
Accrued restructuring charges(1,387) (2,109) (3,548)
Accrued compensation1,492
 (12,712) 11,318
Other assets and liabilities(4,405) (2,660) 1,243
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities8,914
 (11,720) 6,034
Cash flows from investing activities:     
Purchases of property and equipment(1,752) (3,482) (3,241)
Proceeds from sale of assets
 
 462
Change in restricted cash(20,240) (139) (250)
Purchases of other investments
 
 (22)
Return of principal from other investments
 
 112
Proceeds from sale of other investments
 
 15,097
Payment for business acquisition, net of cash acquired
 
 (517)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities(21,992) (3,621) 11,641
Cash flows from financing activities:     
Borrowings of long-term debt, net104,914
 68,920
 
Repayments of long-term debt(106,172) (3,211) 
Repayments of convertible subordinated debt(6,910) (83,735) (50,000)
Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock(738) (3,176) (2,378)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock1,020
 2,478
 3,737
Net cash (used in) financing activities(7,886) (18,724) (48,641)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents52
 (13) (211)
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(20,912) (34,078) (31,177)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period33,870
 67,948
 99,125
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$12,958
 $33,870
 $67,948
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:     
Proceeds from sale of other investments included in other assets$
 $
 $429
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable321
 367
 1,564
Transfer of inventory to property and equipment1,588
 1,438
 2,530
Cash paid during the year for:     
Interest5,952
 6,873
 8,498
Income taxes, net of refunds1,050
 579
 750
 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Operating activities     
Net loss$(5,210) $(42,797) $(43,346)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:     
Depreciation and amortization4,287
 4,266
 4,970
Amortization of debt issuance costs4,017
 2,825
 1,537
Paid-in-kind interest1,858
 
 
Provision for manufacturing and service inventories6,255
 8,851
 8,146
Tax benefit from settlement and Tax Reform Act
 
 (3,952)
Stock-based compensation6,748
 3,409
 5,394
Deferred income taxes458
 2,356
 69
Bad debt expense1,221
 315
 295
Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss128
 (224) 1,437
Non-cash loss on debt extinguishment
 17,851
 6,962
(Gain) loss on investment
 (2,729) 118
Other non-cash
 1,795
 566
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:     
Accounts receivable15,237
 8,054
 6,510
Manufacturing inventories(11,092) 13,054
 (2,613)
Service parts inventories(3,817) (3,506) (6,760)
Accounts payable(768) (25,356) 21,647
Deferred revenue(11,334) (8,367) 4,228
Accrued restructuring charges(2,876) (2,943) (463)
Accrued compensation(2,161) (2,342) (4,330)
Other assets and liabilities(4,132) 8,629
 (5,447)
Net cash used in operating activities(1,181) (16,859) (5,032)
Investing activities     
Purchases of property and equipment(2,633) (2,708) (2,584)
Cash distributions from investments
 2,943
 288
Business acquisition(1,966) 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities(4,599) 235
 (2,296)
Financing activities     
Borrowings of long-term debt and credit facility331,632
 507,707
 367,755
Repayments of long-term debt and credit facility(330,250) (491,143) (316,053)
Repayments of convertible subordinated debt
 
 (62,827)
Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock(171) (354) (1,822)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
 1,715
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities1,211
 16,210
 (11,232)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(16) 62
 (145)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(4,585) (352) (18,705)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period16,855
 17,207
 35,912
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$12,270
 $16,855
 $17,207
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information     
Cash paid for interest$16,488
 $17,677
 $10,244
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds$(490) $68
 $1,455
Non-cash transactions     
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable$368
 $105
 $173
Transfer of inventory to property and equipment$400
 $408
 $1,036
Payment of litigation settlements with insurance proceeds$8,950
 $
 $
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statement of cash flows:
Cash and cash equivalents$6,440
 $10,790
 $10,865
Restricted cash, current830
 1,065
 1,342
Restricted cash, long-term5,000
 5,000
 5,000
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of period$12,270
 $16,855
 $17,207
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.

QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(Inin thousands)
 Common Stock 
Capital
in Excess of
Par Value
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 Total
 Shares Amount 
Balances as of March 31, 201431,301
 $313
 $445,738
 $(537,628) $6,620
 $(84,957)
Net income
 
 
 17,083
 
 17,083
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 (3,490) (3,490)
Net change in unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term
intercompany balance, net of tax of
$200

 
 
 
 750
 750
Shares issued under employee stock
purchase plan
349
 3
 2,890
 
 
 2,893
Shares issued under employee stock incentive
plans, net
626
 6
 (1,540) 
 
 (1,534)
Share-based compensation expense
 
 11,583
 
 
 11,583
Balances as of March 31, 201532,276
 322
 458,671
 (520,545) 3,880
 (57,672)
Net loss
 
 
 (76,394) 
 (76,394)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 21
 21
Net change in unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term
intercompany balance, net of tax of
$(15)

 
 
 
 (57) (57)
Shares issued under employee stock
purchase plan
409
 4
 2,176
 
 
 2,180
Shares issued under employee stock incentive
plans, net
591
 6
 (2,884) 
 
 (2,878)
Share-based compensation expense
 
 8,916
 
 
 8,916
Balances as of March 31, 201633,276
 332
 466,879
 (596,940) 3,844
 (125,885)
Net income
 
 
 3,645
 
 3,645
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 (826) (826)
Net change in unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term
intercompany balance, net of tax of $
23

 
 
 
 87
 87
Shares issued under employee stock
purchase plan
293
 4
 1,016
 
 
 1,020
Shares issued under employee stock incentive
plans, net
494
 5
 (743) 
 
 (738)
Share-based compensation expense
 
 6,698
 
 
 6,698
Balances as of March 31, 201734,063
 $341
 $473,850
 $(593,295) $3,105
 $(115,999)
 Common Stock Additional
Paid-in Capital
 Accumulated Deficit Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Total Stockholders' Deficit
 Shares Amount    
Balance, March 31, 201734,063
 $340
 $473,851
 $(611,811) $(1,676) $(139,296)
Net loss
 
 
 (43,346) 
 (43,346)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net
 
 
 
 1,402
 1,402
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan316
 3
 1,712
 
 
 1,715
Shares issued under employee incentive plans, net1,064
 11
 (1,827) 
 
 (1,816)
Share-based compensation
 
 5,990
 
 
 5,990
Reclassifications of liability classified warrants to equity
 
 1,884
 
 
 1,884
Balance, March 31, 201835,443
 354
 481,610
 (655,157) (274) (173,467)
Net loss
 
 
 (42,797) 
 (42,797)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net
 
 
 
 (1,136) (1,136)
Shares issued under employee incentive plans, net597
 6
 (360) 
 
 (354)
Share-based compensation
 
 3,409
 
 
 3,409
Reclassifications of liability classified warrants to equity
 
 14,565
 
 
 14,565
Balance, March 31, 201936,040
 360
 499,224
 (697,954) (1,410) (199,780)
Net loss
 
 
 (5,210) 
 (5,210)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net
 
 
 
 (112) (112)
Shares issued under employee incentive plans, net1,082
 11
 (182) 
 
 (171)
Shares issued from warrants exercised, net2,783
 28
 (28) 
 
 
Share-based compensation
 
 6,748
 
 
 6,748
Balance, March 31, 202039,905
 $399
 $505,762
 $(703,164) $(1,522) $(198,525)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.



51INDEX TO NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Page
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
Note 4:
Note 5:
Note 6:
Note 7:
Note 8:
Note 9:
Note 10:
Note 11:
Note 12:


Table of Contents
QUANTUM CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



NOTE 1: BASISDESCRIPTION OF PRESENTATIONBUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Description of Business
Quantum Corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (“Quantum”, or the “Company”), “us” or “we”),was founded in 1980 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1987, and is headquartered in San Jose, California. The Company is a leading expertleader in scale-outstoring and managing digital video and other forms of unstructured data, delivering top streaming performance for video and rich media applications, along with low-cost, long-term storage archive andsystems for data protection providingand archiving. The Company helps customers around the world capture, create and share digital data and preserve and protect it for decades. The Company’s software-defined, hyperconverged storage solutions for capturing, sharing, managingspan from non-violate memory express (“NVMe”), to solid state drives, (“SSD”), hard disk drives, (“HDD”), tape and preserving digital assets overthe cloud and are tied together leveraging a single namespace view of the entire data lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to large/multi-national enterprises, trust us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. Our end-to-end tiered storage solutions enable users to maximize the value of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing total cost and complexity. We workenvironment. The Company works closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements and accompanying Consolidated Financial Statementsnotes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Company reviews subsidiaries and affiliates, as well as other entities, to determine if they should be considered variable interest entities (“VIE”), and whether it should change the consolidation determinations based on changes in their characteristics. The Company considers an entity a VIE if its equity investors own an interest therein that lacks the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or if such investors do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or if the entity is structured with non-substantive voting interests. To determine whether or not the entity is consolidated with the Company’s results, the Company also evaluates which interests are variable interests in the VIE and which party is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.
COVID-19 Risks and Uncertainties
We are subject to the risks arising from COVID-19 which have caused substantial financial market volatility and have adversely affected both the U.S. and the global economy. For many of our customers, the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly affected their business. Movie and television production has been paused, professional and collegiate sports seasons have been postponed or cancelled, and many corporations and enterprises have put

information technology spending on hold while they assess the short- and long-term impact of the pandemic. While our supply chain remains intact and operating, we have experienced issues related to our logistics network. The reduced capacity within and across freight lanes (aircraft, personnel, customs clearance, etc.) has caused late deliveries from re-routes and mis-shipments, as well as increased expedite and other charges to deliver and receive products. To date, we have experienced minimal impact on product availability, although future capacity constraints across the network due to lost capacity from factory down time, closures, as well as reduced staff and demand signal fluctuations are expected to impact product availability in the months and possibly quarters to come.

We believe that these social and economic impacts have had a negative effect on sales due to the decline in our customers' ability or willingness to purchase our products and services. The extent of the impact will depend, in part, on how long the negative trends in customer demand and supply chain levels will continue. Our management continues to actively monitor the situation and may take further actions altering our business operations that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers, and stakeholders, or as required by federal, state, or local authorities.

Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Quantum and our wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The preparation
Use of our Consolidated Financial StatementsEstimates
Company management has made estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of certain assets and liabilities in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the U.S. requires management to makeGAAP. These estimates and assumptions have been applied using methodologies that affectare consistent throughout the periods presented with consideration given to the potential impacts of COVID-19 pandemic. However, actual results could differ materially from these estimates and be significantly affected by the severity and duration of the pandemic, the extent of actions to contain or treat COVID-19, how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating activity can resume, and the severity and duration of the global economic downturn that results from the pandemic.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company has cash deposits and cash equivalents deposited in or managed by major financial institutions. Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investment instruments with an original maturity of three months or less and consist primarily of money market accounts. At times the related amounts are in excess of amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any losses with these financial institutions and does not believe such balances are exposed to significant credit risk.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash is primarily attributable to minimum cash reserve requirements under the Company’s revolving credit agreements. The remaining restricted cash is comprised of bank guarantees and similar required minimum balances that serve as cash collateral in connection with various items including insurance requirements, value added taxes, ongoing tax audits and leases in certain countries.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses based on historical experience and expected collectability of outstanding accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition, and for the majority of its customers require no collateral. For customers that do not meet the Company’s credit standards, the Company often requires a form of collateral, such as cash deposits or letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. These credit evaluations require significant judgment and are based on multiple sources of information. The Company analyzes such factors as its historical bad debt experience, industry and geographic concentrations of credit risk, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. The Company will write-off customer balances in full to the reserve when it has determined that the balance is not recoverable. Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded in general and administrative expenses.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value:

Level 1:Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:Other than quoted prices that are observable in the market for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or model-derived valuations or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3:Inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our financial instruments consist of Level 3 liabilities.
Manufacturing Inventories
Manufacturing inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Costs include material, direct labor, and an allocation of overhead in the case of work in process. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be required if these factors differ from the Company’s estimates.
Service Parts Inventories
Service parts inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on a FIFO basis. The Company carries service parts because it generally provides product warranty for one to three years and earns revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair services during and beyond this warranty period. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. The Company records adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value and disposes of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from the Company’s estimates.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Machinery and equipment3 to 5 years
Computer equipment3 to 5 years
ERP software10 years
Other software3 years
Furniture and fixtures5 years
Other office equipment5 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of useful life or life of lease

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in the period realized.


The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying amount of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be fully recoverable. A potential impairment charge is evaluated when the undiscounted expected cash flows derived from an asset group are less than its carrying amount. Impairment losses, if applicable, are measured as the amount by which the carrying value of an asset group exceeds its fair value and are recognized in operating results. Judgment is used when applying these impairment rules to determine the timing of impairment testing, the undiscounted cash flows used to assess impairments and the fair value of the asset group.
Cost of Service Revenue
The Company classifies expenses as service cost of revenue by estimating the portion of our total cost of revenue that relates to providing field support to our customers under contract. These estimates are based upon a variety of factors, including the nature of the support activity and the level of infrastructure required to support the activities from which it earns service revenue. In the event its service business changes, its estimates of cost of service revenue may be impacted.
Research and Development Costs
Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes are expensed as incurred. These costs include expenditures for employee compensation, materials used in the development effort, other internal costs, as well as expenditures for third party professional services. The Company has determined that technological feasibility for its software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. The Company expenses software-related research and development costs as incurred. Research and development costs were $36.3 million, $32.1 million, and $38.6 million in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Advertising Expense
Advertising expense is recorded as incurred and was $3.4 million, $4.5 million, and $8.9 million in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Fees
Shipping and handling fees are included in cost of revenue and were $9.4 million, $9.1 million, and $10.3 million in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Restructuring Reserves
Restructuring reserves include charges related to the realignment and restructuring of the Company’s business operations. These charges represent judgments and estimates of the Company’s costs of severance, closure and consolidation of facilities and settlement of contractual obligations under its operating leases, including sublease rental rates, asset write-offs and other related costs. The Company reassesses the reserve requirements to complete each individual plan under the restructuring programs at the end of each reporting period. If these estimates change in the future or actual results differ from the Company’s estimates, additional charges may be required.
Foreign Currency Translation

The Company's international operations generally use their local currency as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense accounts are translated at the average monthly exchange rates during the year. Resulting translation adjustments are reported amountas a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss on our consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes in which deferred tax asset and liabilities are recognized based on differences between the financial reporting carrying values of assets and liabilities and the tax basis of those assets and liabilities, measured at the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.


A valuation allowance is provided if the Company believes it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. An increase or decrease in the valuation allowance, if any, that results from a change in circumstances, and which causes a change in the Company’s judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax asset, is included in the tax provision.

The Company assesses whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit to be recognized in the financial statements from such a position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances and changes in tax law. The Company recognizes penalties and tax-related interest expense as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company records an asset retirement obligation for the fair value of legal obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and a corresponding increase in the carrying amount of the related asset in the period in which the obligation is incurred. In periods subsequent to initial measurement, the Company recognizes changes in the liability resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate. Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset. The Company’s obligations relate primarily to certain legal obligations to remediate leased property on which certain assets are located.

Warranty Expense

The Company warranties its products against certain defects and the terms range from one to three years. The Company provides for the estimated costs of fulfilling its obligations under hardware warranties at the time the related revenue is recognized. The Company estimates the provision based on historical and projected product failure rates, historical and projected repair costs, and knowledge of specific product failures (if any). The Company regularly reassess its estimates to determine the adequacy of the recorded warranty liability and adjusts the provision, as necessary.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs for revolving credit agreements are capitalized and amortized over the term of the underlying agreements on a straight-line basis. Amortization of these debt issuance costs is included in interest expense while the unamortized debt issuance cost balance is included in other current assets and other assets. Debt issuance costs for the Company’s term loans are recorded as a reduction to the carrying amount and are amortized over their term using the effective interest method. Amortization of these debt issuance costs is included in interest expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company classifies stock-based awards granted in exchange for services as either equity awards or liability awards. The classification of an award as either an equity award or a liability award is generally based upon cash settlement options. Equity awards are measured based on the fair value of the award at the grant date. Liability awards are re-measured to fair value each reporting period. Each reporting period, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of awards issued to non-employees as expense. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the award’s requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award, less actual forfeitures. No compensation expense is recognized for awards for which participants do not render the requisite services. For equity and liability awards earned based on performance or upon occurrence of a contingent event, when and if the awards will be earned is estimated. If an award is not considered probable of being earned, no amount of stock-based compensation is recognized. If the award is deemed probable of being earned, related compensation expense is recorded over the estimated service period. To the extent the estimate of awards considered probable of being earned changes, the amount of stock-based compensation recognized will also change.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company sells products to customers in a wide variety of industries on a worldwide basis. In countries or industries where the Company is exposed to material credit risk, the Company may require collateral, including cash deposits and letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. The Company does not believe it has significant credit risk beyond that provided for in the consolidated financial statements in the ordinary course of business. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 no customers represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue. The Company had one customer comprising approximately 7% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2020, one customer comprising approximately 21% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2019 and one customer comprising approximately 10% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2018.

If the Company is unable to obtain adequate quantities of the inventory needed to sell its products, the Company could face costs increases or delays or discontinuations in product shipments, which could have a material/adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. In many cases, the Company’s chosen vendor may be the sole source of supply for the products or parts they manufacture, or services they provide, for the Company. Some of the products the Company purchases from these sources are proprietary or complex in nature, and therefore cannot be readily or easily replaced by alternative sources.

Segment Reporting

Business segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which discrete financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing operating performance. Based on the way the Company manages its business, the Company has determined that it currently operates with one reportable segment. The chief operating decision maker focuses on consolidated results in assessing operating performance and allocating resources. Furthermore, the Company offers similar products and services and uses similar processes to sell those products and services to similar classes of customers.

The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer who makes resource allocation decisions and assesses performance based on financial information presented on a consolidated basis. There are no segment managers who are held accountable by the chief operating decision-maker, or anyone else, for operations, operating results, and planning for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single reportable segment and operating segment structure.
Based on how the Company manages its business, the Company has determined that it currently operates in one reportable segment. The Company operates in three geographic regions: (a) Americas; (b) Europe, Middle East, and Africa (“EMEA”); and (c) Asia Pacific (“APAC”).

The following table summarizes property and equipment, net by geographic region (in thousands):

 For the year ended March 31,
 2020 2019
United States$8,488
 $7,912
International558
 525
Total$9,046
 $8,437

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) retirement plan for its U.S employees. The plan covers substantially all employees who have attained the age of 18. Participants may voluntarily contribute to the plan up to the maximum limits established by Internal Revenue Service regulations. No matching contributions were made in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, and $0.8 million was incurred for the year ended March 31, 2018.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), using the modified retrospective transition method under ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842) Targeted Improvements. The modified retrospective transition method applies to all leases existing at the date of initial application and recognizes a cumulative-effect adjustment

to the financial statements and the reported amountopening balance of revenues and expenses during the period. We base estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that are believed to be reasonable based on available information. Our reported financial position or results of operations may be materially different under different conditions or when using different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant accounting policies, which are discussed below. In the event that estimates or assumptions prove to differ from actual results, adjustments are maderetained earnings in the current period of adoption. The Company evaluated its portfolio of leases upon adoption and determined a cumulative-effect adjustment to reflect this current information.
On April 18, 2017, we effected a 1 for 8 reverse stock splitthe opening balance of our issued and outstanding sharesretained earnings was not needed, as the portfolio of common stock (the "Reverse Stock Split"). Our stock began to trade on a post-split basis on April 19, 2017. Par valueleases contained only operating leases. Further description of the Company's common stock was unchanged asimpact of this pronouncement is included in Note 5.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2018-02”). ASU 2018-20 allows a resultreclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The Company did not elect to reclassify the income tax effects of the Reverse Stock Split, remaining at $0.01 per share, which resulted in reclassificationTax Cuts and Jobs Act from accumulated other comprehensive income to accumulated deficit.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Share-based Payments to Non-Employees (“ASU 2018-07”), to simplify the accounting for share- based payments to non-employees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. For public business entities, this ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that fiscal year. The adoption of capital from par value to capital in excess of par value. All share and per share data for fiscal 2017 and comparative periods included within ourASU 2018-07 did not impact the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and related footnotesdisclosures.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Implementation Costs Incurred in Cloud Computing Arrangements (“ASU 2018-15”), which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). For public entities, ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within that fiscal year. The accounting guidance should be applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. The Company will apply the guidance in ASU 2018-15 prospectively and adoption will not have been adjusted to account for the effect of the Reverse Stock Split.
NOTE 2: REVISION OF PRIOR PERIOD FINANCIAL STATEMENTSan impact on its historical consolidated financial statements.

In connectionJune 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU-2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 will change how entities account for credit impairment for trade and other receivables, as well as for certain financial assets and other instruments. ASU 2016-13 will replace the current “incurred loss” model with an “expected loss” model. Under the “incurred loss” model, a loss (or allowance) is recognized only when an event has occurred (such as a payment delinquency) that causes the entity to believe that it is probable that a loss has occurred (i.e., that it has been “incurred”). Under the “expected loss” model, a loss (or allowance) is recognized upon initial recognition of the asset that reflects all future events that leads to a loss being realized, regardless of whether it is probable that the future event will occur. The “incurred loss” model considers past events and current conditions, while the “expected loss” model includes expectations for the future which have yet to occur. ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, was issued in November 2018 and excludes operating leases from the new guidance. The standard will require entities to record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. For public entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact that ASU 2016-13 may have on the timing of recognition and measurement of future provisions for expected losses on its accounts receivable.

NOTE 2: REVENUE RECOGNITION
In May 2014 the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers(ASC 606), which is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. On April 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606, using the modified retrospective transition method applied to those contracts which were not completed as of April 1, 2018. Results for reporting periods beginning after April 1, 2018 are presented under ASC 606, while prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the preparationCompany’s historical accounting policies.


The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time or over time as stand ready obligations. A majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized at a point in time when products are accepted, installed or delivered. The Company’s revenue is derived from three main sources: (1) Product, (2) Professional services, and (3) Royalties. Sales tax collected on sales is netted against government remittances and thus, recorded on a net basis.

Product Revenue

The Company's product revenue is comprised of multiple storage solution hardware and software offerings targeted towards consumer and enterprise customers. Revenue from product sales is recognized at the point in time when the customer takes control of the product. If there are significant post-delivery obligations, the related revenue is deferred until such obligations are fulfilled. Revenue from contracts with customer acceptance criteria are recognized upon end user acceptance. The Company's standard contractual terms are F.O.B. shipping point and net 30 days payment, with exceptions on a case by case basis.

Service Revenue

Service revenue primarily consists of three components: (1) post-contract customer support agreements.
(2) installation, and (3) consulting & training.

Customers have the option to choose between different levels of hardware and software support. The Company's support plans include various stand-ready obligations such as technical assistance hot-lines, replacement parts maintenance, and remote monitoring that are delivered whenever called upon by its customers. Support plans provide additional services and assurance outside the scope of our condensedprimary product warranties. Revenue from support plans are recognized ratably over the contractual term of the service contract.

The Company offers installation services on all its products. Customers can opt to either have Quantum or a Quantum-approved third-party service provider install our products. Installation services are typically completed within a short period of time and revenue from these services are recognized at the point when installation is complete. A majority of our consulting and training revenue does not take significant time to complete therefore these obligations are satisfied upon completion of such services at a point in time.

Royalty Revenue

The Company licenses certain intellectual property to third party manufacturers which gives the manufacturers rights to intellectual property including the right to either manufacture or include the intellectual property in their products for resale. Licensees pay us a per-unit royalty for sales of their products that incorporate our intellectual property. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide the Company with reports containing units sold to end users subject to the royalties. The reports substantiate that the performance obligation has been satisfied therefore revenue is recognized based on the reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Significant Judgments

The following significant judgments were used when applying ASC 606 to contracts with customers.

Identification of performance obligations

The Company generally enters into contracts with customers to provide storage solutions to meet their individual needs. Most of the Company’s contracts contain multiple goods and services designed to meet each customers’ unique storage needs. Contracts with multiple goods and services have multiple distinct performance obligations as the promise to transfer hardware, installation services, and support services are capable of being distinct and provide economic benefit to customers on their own.

Stand-alone selling price

For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) of the good or service underlying each performance obligation. The SSP represents the amount for which the Company would sell the good or service to a customer on a standalone basis (i.e., not sold as a bundle with any other products or services). Where

SSP may not be directly observable (e.g., the performance obligation is not sold separately), the Company maximized the use of observable inputs by using information including reviewing discounting practices, performance obligations with similar customers and product groupings. The Company evaluated all methods included in ASC 606 to determine SSP and concluded that invoice price is the best representation of what the Company expects to receive from the delivery of each performance obligation.

This judgment is based on; (1) the fact that each storage solution is customizable to meet an individual customer’s needs (2) sales representatives use various discounting methods based on each purchase orders’ unique mix of product offerings (3) every products’ transaction price can vary depending on the mix of other products included in the same purchase order and (4) there are no identifiable trends that provide a good representation of expected margin for each product. In addition, individual products may have multiple values for SSP depending on factors such as where they are sold, what channel they are sold through, and other products on the purchase order. Due to the use of invoice price as SSP, Step 4 (Allocate Transaction Price) of ASC 606’s 5 step model creates no differences when compared to U.S. GAAP.

Variable consideration

Product revenue includes multiple types of variable consideration, such as rebates, returns, or stock rotations. All contracts with variable consideration require payment upon satisfaction of the performance obligation typically with net 30-day payment terms. The Company does not include significant financing components in its contracts. The Company constrains estimates of variable consideration to amounts that are not expected to result in a significant revenue reversal in the future, primarily based on the most likely level of consideration to be returned to the customer under the specific terms of the underlying programs.

The expected value method is used to estimate the consideration expected to be returned to the customer. The Company uses its large volume of historical data and current trends to drive its estimates. The Company records a reduction to revenue to account for these programs. ASC 606 requires entities to recognize a return asset and corresponding adjustment to cost of sales for its right to recover the goods returned by the customer, at the time of the initial sale. Quantum initially measures this asset at the carrying amount of the inventory, less any expected costs to recover the goods including potential decreases in the value of the returned goods.

In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by major product offering and geographies (in thousands):

 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 
20191
 
20181
Americas2
     
   Primary storage systems$54,211
 $33,789
 $44,693
   Secondary storage systems57,192
 72,696
 69,582
   Device and media31,228
 34,079
 39,664
   Service82,607
 87,040
 87,960
Total revenue225,238
 227,604
 241,899
      
EMEA     
   Primary storage systems16,078
 18,902
 24,006
   Secondary storage systems40,008
 40,666
 37,376
   Device and media25,484
 19,064
 21,306
   Service39,467
 37,216
 37,875
Total revenue121,037
 115,848
 120,563
      
APAC     
   Primary storage systems6,863
 6,120
 9,277
   Secondary storage systems14,472
 13,166
 14,444
   Device and media5,632
 6,172
 8,234
   Service8,976
 10,440
 10,688
Total revenue35,943
 35,898
 42,643
      
Consolidated     
   Primary storage systems77,152
 58,811
 77,976
   Secondary storage systems111,672
 126,528
 121,402
   Device and media62,344
 59,315
 69,204
   Service131,050
 134,696
 136,523
   Royalty3
20,731
 23,330
 32,579
Total revenue$402,949
 $402,680
 $437,684

1 Primary and Secondary storage system revenue has been adjusted for fiscal years 2019 and 2018 due to certain reclassifications from Primary to Secondary storage systems.

2 Revenue for Americas geographic region outside of the United States is not significant.

3 Royalty revenue is not allocable to geographic regions.

Contract Balances

Contract assets consist of unbilled receivables and are recorded when revenue is recognized in advance of scheduled billings to our customers. Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue which is recorded when customers have been billed for support services, but the Company hasn’t fulfilled its service obligation and revenue related to certain product sales.

The following table presents the Company’s contract liabilities and certain information related to this balance as of March 31, 2020 (in thousands): 
  March 31, 2020
Deferred revenue $118,935
Revenue recognized in the period from amounts included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the period $80,977


Costs of Obtaining and Fulfilling Contracts with Customers

ASC 606 provides new guidance on capitalizing certain fulfillment costs and costs to obtain a contract. The Company’s primary cost to obtain contracts is sales commissions earned by sales representatives. These costs are incremental and expected to be recovered indirectly through the margin inherent within the contract. A large portion of the Company’s contracts are completed within a one-year performance period, and for contracts with a specified term of one year or less, the Company has elected to apply a practical expedient available in ASC 606, which allows the Company to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the Company would otherwise have recognized is one year or less.

Only sales commissions attributed to service contracts qualify for capitalization after application of the practical expedient. Total costs subject to capitalization were immaterial to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the quarterfiscal years ended DecemberMarch 31, 2016, we identified an error related2020 and 2019.

The Company’s costs to fulfill contracts consist of shipping and handling activities. The Company elected to apply the mannerpractical expedient available in ASC 606 which we had previously recognizedallows entities to expense the costs for certain third party maintenance contracts. Specifically, we had historically expensed such costsof shipping and handling in the period incurred.

Remaining Performance Obligations

Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations represents contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and contractually agreed upon amounts, yet to be invoiced, that will be recognized as revenue in future periods. Remaining performance obligations are subject to change and are affected by several factors, including terminations, changes in the scope of contracts, were entered into rather than expensing them ratably overadjustments for revenue that have not materialized and foreign exchange adjustments. The Company applied the contract period. Inpractical expedient in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 99, Materiality, and SAB No. 108, Considering the EffectsASC 606, to exclude amounts for variable consideration constituting a sale- or usage-based royalty promised in exchange for a license of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, we evaluated the error and determined that the related impact was not material to our results of operations or financial position for any prior annual or interim period, but that correcting the $1.6 million cumulative impactintellectual property from remaining performance obligations.

Remaining performance obligation consisted of the error would be material to our results of operations for the three month period ended December 31, 2016. Accordingly, we have corrected these errors for all prior periods ending on or before September 30, 2016 by revising the consolidated financial statements. We also corrected the timing of a previously recorded immaterial out-of-period adjustment and reflected the adjustment in the period in which it originated in the revised prior period financial statements. 

Consolidated Balance Sheetsfollowing (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2016
 As Reported Adjustment As Revised
Other current assets$6,953
 $1,054
 $8,007
Total current assets211,591
 1,054
 212,645
Total assets229,546
 1,054
 230,600
Accumulated deficit(597,994) 1,054
 (596,940)
Total stockholders’ deficit$(126,939) $1,054
 $(125,885)


Consolidated Statements of Operations – Annual

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2016 2015
 As Reported Adjustment As Revised As Reported Adjustment As Revised
Cost of product revenue$206,859
 $280
 $207,139
 $237,679
 $(279) $237,400
Cost of service revenue64,347
 1,431
 65,778
 70,730
 (44) 70,686
Total cost of revenue271,206
 1,711
 272,917
 308,409
 (323) 308,086
Gross margin204,752
 (1,711) 203,041
 244,686
 323
 245,009
Income (loss) from operations(66,098) (1,711) (67,809) 14,397
 323
 14,720
Income (loss) before income taxes(73,500) (1,711) (75,211) 17,478
 323
 17,801
Net income (loss)$(74,683) $(1,711) $(76,394) $16,760
 $323
 $17,083

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations – Quarterly – Fiscal 2017 - Unaudited

 Fiscal 2017
 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter
 As Reported Adjustment As Revised As Reported Adjustment As Revised
Cost of service revenue$15,781
 $(275) $15,506
 $14,910
 $(246) $14,664
Total cost of revenue65,913
 (275) 65,638
 79,262
 (246) 79,016
Gross margin50,371
 275
 50,646
 55,480
 246
 55,726
Income (loss) from operations(2,066) 275
 (1,791) 5,346
 246
 5,592
Income (loss) before income taxes(3,418) 275
 (3,143) 3,871
 246
 4,117
Net income (loss)$(3,795) $275
 $(3,520) $3,826
 $246
 $4,072
  Six Months Ended September 30, 2016
  As Reported Adjustment As Revised
Cost of service revenue $30,691
 $(521) $30,170
Total cost of revenue 145,175
 (521) 144,654
Gross margin 105,851
 521
 106,372
Income (loss) from operations 3,280
 521
 3,801
Income (loss) before income taxes 453
 521
 974
Net income (loss) $31
 $521
 $552

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations – Quarterly – Fiscal 2016 - Unaudited

 Fiscal 2016
 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter
 As Reported Adjustment As Revised As Reported Adjustment As Revised
Cost of product revenue$46,964
 $280
 $47,244
 $53,073
 $
 $53,073
Cost of service revenue16,927
 225
 17,152
 17,635
 203
 17,838
Total cost of revenue63,891
 505
 64,396
 70,708
 203
 70,911
Gross margin46,965
 (505) 46,460
 46,317
 (203) 46,114
Income (loss) from operations(8,207) (505) (8,712) (9,619) (203) (9,822)
Income (loss) before income taxes(10,416) (505) (10,921) (10,880) (203) (11,083)
Net income (loss)$(10,755) $(505) $(11,260) $(11,227) $(203) $(11,430)


 Fiscal 2016
 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter
 As Reported Adjustment As Revised As Reported Adjustment As Revised
Cost of service revenue$15,028
 $522
 $15,550
 $14,757
 $482
 $15,239
Total cost of revenue71,351
 522
 71,873
 65,256
 482
 65,738
Gross margin56,697
 (522) 56,175
 54,773
 (482) 54,291
Income (loss) from operations1,954
 (522) 1,432
 (50,226) (482) (50,708)
Income (loss) before income taxes132
 (522) (390) (52,336) (482) (52,818)
Net income (loss)$(299) $(522) $(821) $(52,402) $(482) $(52,884)
  Current Non-Current Total
As of March 31, 2020 $89,036
 $46,827
 $135,864

The revisions did not impact previously reported cash flows. There were no income tax impacts relatedCompany expects to recognize approximately 65.5% of the remaining performance obligations within the next 12 months. The majority of the Company’s noncurrent remaining performance obligations is expected to be recognized in the next 13 to 60 months.

Revenue Recognition - Prior to the error asAdoption of ASC 606

The Company followed the guidance provided in ASC 605 prior to the adoption of ASC 606, which the Company has full valuation allowances against its net deferred tax assets inadopted using the related jurisdictions and was not subject to income taxes payable in the related periods.modified retrospective method beginning on April 1, 2018.

NOTE 3: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Revenue Recognition
Revenue consists of sales of hardware, software and services, as well as royalties we earn for the license of certain intellectual property. Revenue is recognized when it is realized or realizable and earned. RevenueUnder ASC 605, revenue is considered realized, earned, and earned when: recognized when all of the following occurs,
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; exists,
delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; rendered,
the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable;determinable, and
when collectability is reasonably assured.

Royalty revenue is recognized when earned or when earned amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Multiple Element Arrangements
We enter
The Company enters into sales arrangementscontracts with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, and these arrangements require assessment of each deliverable to determine its estimated selling price. Additionally, we usethe Company used judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware

revenue. The majority of ourthe Company’s products are hardware products which contain software essential to the overall functionality of the product. Hardware products are generally sold with customer field support agreements.

Consideration in such multiple element transactionsarrangements is allocated to each non-software element based on the fair value hierarchy, where the selling price for an element is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We establishThe Company establishes VSOE based upon the selling price of elements when sold on a standalone basis and TPE is determined based upon competitor'scompetitor’s selling price for largely interchangeable products. For BESP, we consider ourthe Company considers its discounting and internal pricing practices, external market conditions and competitive positioning for similar offerings.

For software deliverables, we allocatethe Company allocates consideration between multiple elements based on software revenue recognition guidance, which requires revenue to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on VSOE. Where fair value of delivered elements is not available, revenue is recognized on the “residual method” deferring the fair value of the undelivered elements and recognizing the balance as revenue for the delivered elements. If evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred and recognized at the earlier of the delivery of those elements or the establishment of fair value of the remaining undelivered elements.

Product Revenue — Hardware

Revenue for hardware products sold to distributors, VARs, DMRs, OEMs and end users is generally recognized upon shipment, consistent with the transfer of title and risk of loss. When significant post-delivery obligations exist, the related revenue is deferred until such obligations are fulfilled.fulfilled (sell-through basis). If there are customer acceptance criteria in the contract, we recognizethe Company recognized revenue upon end user acceptance.

In the period revenue is recognized, allowances are provided for estimated future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns. These allowances are based on programs in existence at the time revenue is recognized, plans regarding future price adjustments, the customers’ master agreements and historical product return rates. Since we havethe Company has historically been able to reliably estimate the amount of allowances required, we recognizethe Company recognized revenue, net of projected

allowances, upon shipment to ourits customers. If we werethe Company was unable to reliably estimate the amount of revenue adjustments in any specific reporting period, then weit would be required to defer recognition of the revenue until the rights had lapsed and we werethe Company was no longer under any obligation to reduce the price or accept the return of the product.

Product Revenue — Software

For software products, wethe Company generally recognizerecognized revenue upon delivery of the software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue, as the value of these support arrangements are the upgrades and enhancements to the software licenses themselves and there is no on-site support. We recognizeThe Company recognized revenue from ourits post-contract customer support ratably over the term of the agreement.
We license The Company licenses certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed ourthe Company’s software into specific products they offer. As consideration,offered by the customer. The Company also licenses its software to licensees who pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate ourthe Company’s software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide usthe Company with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe usthe Company license fees. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognizethe Company recognized revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts cancould be reasonably estimated.

Service Revenue

Revenue for service is generally recognized upon the services being rendered. Service revenue primarily consists of customer field support agreements for ourthe Company’s hardware products. For customer field support agreements, revenue equal to the separately stated price of these service contracts is initially deferred and recognized as revenue ratably over the contract period.

Royalty Revenue
We license

The Company licenses certain intellectual property to third party manufacturers under arrangements that are represented by master contracts. The master contracts give the third partythird-party manufacturers rights to the intellectual property which include allowing them to either manufacture or include the intellectual property in products for resale. As consideration, the licensees pay usthe Company a per-unit royalty for sales of their products that incorporate ourthe Company’s intellectual property. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide usthe Company with reports listing units sold to end users subject to the royalties. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognizethe Company recognized revenue based on the information either in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.
Service Cost of Revenue
We classify expenses as service cost of revenue by estimating the portion of our total cost of revenue that relates to providing field support to our customers under contract. These estimates are based upon a variety of factors, including the nature of the support activity and the level of infrastructure required to support the activities from which we earn service revenue. In the event our service business changes, our estimates of cost of service revenue may be impacted.
Shipping and Handling FeesNOTE 3: BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
Shipping and handling fees areCertain significant amounts included in cost of revenue and were $10.4 million, $10.6 million and $12.3 million in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Research and Development Costs
Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes are expensed as incurred. These costs include expenditures for employee compensation, materials used in the development effort, other internal costs, as well as expenditures for third party professional services. We have determined that technological feasibility for our software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. We expense software-related research and development costs as incurred.
Advertising Expense
Advertising expense is recorded as incurred and was $9.7 million, $9.2 million and $7.6 million in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Restructuring Charges
In recent periods and over the past several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges related to the realignment and restructuring of our business operations. These charges represent expenses incurred in connection with strategic planning, certain cost reduction programs that we have implemented andCompany's consolidated balance sheets consist of the cost of involuntary termination benefits, facilities charges, asset write-offs and other costs of exiting activities or geographies.

The charges for involuntary termination costs and associated expenses often require the use of estimates, primarily related to the number of employees to be paid severance and the amounts to be paid, largely based on years of service and statutory requirements. Assumptions to estimate facility exit costs include the ability to secure sublease income largely based on market conditions, the likelihood and amounts of a negotiated settlement for contractual lease obligations and other exit costs. Other estimates for restructuring charges consist of the realizable value of assets including associated disposal costs and termination fees with third parties for other contractual commitments.
Share-Based Compensation
The majority of our share-based awards are measured based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. We use the Black-Scholes stock option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we use a Monte-Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. Both the Black-Scholes and Monte-Carlo models require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including expected life, expected volatility and expected risk-free rate of return. Other reasonable assumptions in either model could provide differing results. We calculate a forfeiture rate to estimate the share-based awards that will ultimately vest based on types of awards and historical experience. Additionally, for awards which are performance based, we make estimates as to the probability of the underlying performance being achieved.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions
Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign offices and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of the entity. For a majority of our foreign operations, the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of foreign offices with a local functional currency are translated, for consolidation purposes, at current exchange rates from the local currency to the reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. The resulting gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign exchange gains and losses from changes in the exchange rates underlying intercompany balances that are of a long-term investment nature are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currency are remeasured each month with the remeasurement gain or loss recorded in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Foreign currency gains and losses recorded in other income and expense included a loss of $0.3 million in fiscal 2017, a loss of $0.3 million in fiscal 2016 and a gain of $0.2 million in fiscal 2015.
Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We also reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional tax charge to the provision.
We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. To the extent accrued interest and penalties do not become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made.
Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Other Investments
We consider all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at fair value, which approximates their cost. Restricted cash is primarily comprised of a minimum cash reserve requirement of $20 million under our revolving credit agreement with PNC Bank, National Association ("revolving credit agreement"). The remaining restricted cash is comprised of bank guarantees and similar required minimum balances that serve as cash collateral in connection with various items including insurance requirements, value added taxes, ongoing tax audits and leases in certain countries.
Investments in private technology venture limited partnerships are currently accounted for using the cost method. Ownership interests in these limited partnerships are accounted for based upon the level of influence we are deemed to have. Interests are accounted for under the equity method when we have significant influence unless our interest is so minor that we have virtually no influence over the partnership operating and financial policies, in which case the cost method is used.

We review non-marketable equity investments on a regular basis to determine if there has been any impairment of value which is other than temporary by reviewing their financial information, gaining knowledge of any new financing or other business agreements and assessing their operating viability. In fiscal 2015, we sold our investment in a privately held company that was accounted for under the cost method and recorded a $13.6 million gain in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Investments in non-marketable equity investments are recorded in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and, for the majority of our customers, require no collateral. For customers that do not meet our credit standards, we often require a form of collateral, such as cash deposits or letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. These credit evaluations require significant judgment and are based on multiple sources of information. We analyze such factors as our historical bad debt experience, industry and geographic concentrations of credit risk, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and expected collectability of outstanding accounts receivable. We record bad debt expense in general and administrative expenses.
Manufacturing Inventories
Our manufacturing inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.
Service Parts Inventories
Our service parts inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. We carry service parts because we generally provide product warranty for one to three years and earn revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond this warranty period. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. Defective parts returned from customers that can be repaired are repaired and put back into service parts inventories at their current carrying value. We record adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value, and we dispose of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Machinery and equipment3 to 5 years
Computer equipment3 to 5 years
ERP software10 years
Other software3 years
Furniture and fixtures5 years
Other office equipment5 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of useful life or life of lease
Amortizable Intangible and Other Long-lived Assets
Acquired IPR&D (Intellectual Property Research & Development) is amortized over its estimated useful life once technological feasibility is reached. We review the useful lives of amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets (“long-lived assets”) quarterly and review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The company operates as a single reporting unit for business and operating purposes, and our impairment evaluation also treats the company as a single asset group. Impairment indicators we consider include a significant decrease in the market price of our long-lived asset group, adverse changes in the extent or

manner in which our long-lived assets are being used, adverse changes in the business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived assets, a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of our long-lived assets and an expectation that it is more likely than not our long-lived assets will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of their previously estimated useful life. If we identify impairment indicators, we evaluate recoverability using an undiscounted cash flow approach. Estimates of future cash flows incorporate company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, and these factors are impacted by market conditions. If impairment is indicated, an impairment charge is recorded to write the long-lived assets down to their estimated fair value. If IPR&D is determined to not have technological feasibility or is abandoned, we write off the IPR&D in that period.
Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. We operate as a single reporting unit and consider the company as a whole when reviewing impairment factors. Because we have negative book value, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount. Some of the impairment indicators we consider include our stock price, significant differences between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of our assets and liabilities; macroeconomic conditions such as a deterioration in general economic condition or limitations on accessing capital; industry and market considerations such as a deterioration in the environment in which we operate and an increased competitive environment; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; other relevant events such as litigation, changes in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; the testing for recoverability of our long-lived assets and a sustained decrease in share price. We evaluate the significance of identified events and circumstances on the basis of the weight of evidence along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, then a second step is performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment. If impairment is indicated, a goodwill impairment charge is recorded in the current period to write the goodwill down to its implied fair value.
Accrued Warranty
We generally warrant our hardware products against certain defects for periods ranging from one to three years from the date of sale. Our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions may carry service agreements with customers that choose to extend or upgrade the warranty service. We use a combination of internal resources and third party service providers to supply field service and support. If the actual costs were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen costs or cost reductions in subsequent periods.
We estimate future failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical rates of return are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rate. If we determine in a future period that either actual failure rates or actual costs of repair were to differ from our estimates, we record the impact of those differences in that future period. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products. It is reasonably likely that assumptions will be updated for failure rates and, therefore, our accrued warranty estimate could change in the future.
Business Combinations
We allocate the purchase price paid to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Any excess purchase price above the identified net tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities is allocated to goodwill. We consider fair value to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We estimate fair value using the fair value hierarchy for the tangible and intangible assets acquired as well as liabilities and contingencies assumed from the acquired company.
Common Stock Repurchases
During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market or private transactions. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, there was $87.9 million remaining on our authorization to repurchase

Quantum common stock. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is generally prohibited under the terms of our new credit facility.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We use exit prices, that is the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability, to measure assets and liabilities that are within the scope of the fair value measurements guidance. We classify these assets and liabilities based on the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1:Quoted (observable) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3:Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.
The assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consist of money market funds which are valued using quoted market prices at the respective balance sheet dates and are level 1 fair value measurements (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2017 2016
Money market funds$
 $1,640

We have certain non-financial assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is an indicator of impairment, and they are recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. These assets include property and equipment, amortizable intangible assets and goodwill. We did not record impairments to any non-financial assets in fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2016 except for a goodwill impairment in fiscal 2016, which is further described in Note 5 "Intangible Assets and Goodwill" to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We do not have any non-financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
Our financial liabilities were comprised primarily of convertible subordinated debt and long-term debt at March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016. The carrying value and fair value were as follows (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2017 2016
 Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value
Convertible subordinated debt (1)
$62,827
 $60,667
 $69,253
 $51,686
        
Long-term debt: (2)
       
Credit agreement with Wells Fargo
 
 65,709
 65,741
Revolving credit agreement16,852
 18,490
 
 
Term loan agreement48,176
 50,026
 
 
Total long-term debt$65,028
 $68,516
 $65,709
 $65,741
(1) Fair value based on quoted market prices in less active markets (level 2).
(2) Fair value based on outstanding borrowings and market interest rates (level 2)
Risks and Uncertainties
As is typical in the information storage industry, a significant portion of our customer base is concentrated among a small number of OEMs, distributors and large VARs. The loss of any one of our more significant customers, or a significant decrease in the sales volume with one of these significant customers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, if there is a downturn in general economic conditions, the resulting effect on IT spending could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We also face risks and uncertainties since our competitors in one area may be customers or suppliers in another.

A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to increasingly rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products.
Concentration of Credit Risk
We currently invest our excess cash in deposits with major banks and in money market funds. In the past, we have also held investments in short-term debt securities of companies with strong credit ratings from a variety of industries, and we may make investments in these securities in the future. We have not experienced any material losses on these investments and limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and to any one type of investment.
We sell products to customers in a wide variety of industries on a worldwide basis. In countries or industries where we are exposed to material credit risk, we may require collateral, including cash deposits and letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. We do not believe we have significant credit risk beyond that provided for in the financial statements in the ordinary course of business.
Sales to our top five customers represented 29% of revenue in fiscal 2017, 28% of revenue in fiscal 2016 and 31% of revenue in fiscal 2015. We had no customers that comprised 10% or greater of accounts receivable in fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 or fiscal 2015.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2015-05, Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement (“ASU 2015-05”). ASU 2015-05 requires that customers apply the same criteria as vendors to determine whether a cloud computing arrangement (“CCA”) contains a software license or is solely a service contract. Under ASU 2015-05, fees paid by a customer in a CCA will be within the scope of internal-use software guidance if both of the following criteria are met: 1) the customer has the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time without significant penalty and 2) it is feasible for the customer to run the software on its own hardware (or to contract with another party to host the software). ASU 2015-05 may be applied prospectively to all agreements entered into or materially modified after the adoption date or retrospectively. We adopted ASU 2015-05 prospectively in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and adoption did not impact our statements of financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial statement disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Topic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires that management assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. We adopted ASU 2014-15 as of the end of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2017. We evaluated our forecasted earnings, cash flows and liquidity to evaluate any situations, including payment of our convertible notes upon maturity, that would trigger additional assessment and reporting under this standard. Based upon such evaluation, the adoption did not impact our statements of financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial statement disclosures.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). ASU 2015-11 requires that an entity measure all inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value, except for inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method. ASU 2015-11 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2017, or fiscal 2018. Prospective application is required. As we currently adjust the carrying value of our inventory to the lower-of-cost or market, we do not anticipate adoption will have a material impact on our statements of financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial statement disclosures.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall(Topic 825-10):Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). ASU 2016-01 addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosures of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2018, or fiscal 2019. We must apply the provisions using a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet at the beginning of the year of adoption, or April 1, 2018. We are currently assessing what financial instruments are being impacted and the extent of the potential impact on our statements of financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases(Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 provides a new comprehensive model for lease accounting. Under ASU 2016-02, lessees and lessors should apply a “right-of-use” model in accounting for all leases and eliminate the concept of operating leases and off-balance sheet leases. ASU 2016-02 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2019, or fiscal 2020. ASU 2016-02 requires a modified retrospective transition approach with certain practical expedients available. We have implemented processes to identify and review our current leases to evaluate the impact on our statements of financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock compensation(Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2017, or fiscal 2018. Transition requirements vary based upon certain facts and circumstances. ASU 2016-09 will be adopted starting April 1, 2018. We will report our tax windfall benefits in the statement of operations instead of equity to the extent we do not have an offsetting valuation allowance and such benefits will be recorded within our deferred taxes. We will continue to account for accruals for stock compensation expense using estiamted forfeiture rates therefore, we do not anticipate the adoption of ASU 2016-09 to have a material impact on our statements of financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows(Topic 230): Classification of Certain Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 provides guidance on the following eight specific cash flow issues: 1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, 2) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, 3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, 4) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, 5) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies, 6) distributions received from equity method investees, 7) beneficial interests in securitization transactions and 8) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. ASU 2016-15 transition requires the use of the retrospective method for all periods presented and will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2018, or fiscal 2019. We have evaluated the types of transactions impacted by ASU 2016-15 and at this time, and anticipate the only impact is related to the our debt extinguishment costs. As such, we do not anticipate the adoption of ASU 2016-15 will have a material impact on our statements of cash flows.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (“ASU 2016-16”). ASU 2016-16 requires that an entity recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. ASU 2016-16 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2018, or fiscal 2019. ASU 2016-16 requires the modified retrospective transition approach with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings at the beginning of the period of adoption. We currently do not have any material intra-entity transfers of assets and therefore we do not anticipate that adoption will have a material impact on our statements of financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial statement disclosures.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows(Topic 230): Restricted Cash (“ASU 2016-18”). ASU 2016-18 requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. ASU 2016-18 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2018, or fiscal 2019. ASU 2016-18 is required to be applied retrospectively. Upon the adoption, amounts described as restricted cash will be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period amounts shown on the statements of cash flows.

The FASB issued the following accounting standard updates related to its revenue convergence project:

ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”) in May 2014. ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue through the application of a five-step model, which includes identification of the contract, identification of the performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognition of revenue as the entity satisfies the performance obligations.
ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) (“ASU 2016-08”) in March 2016. ASU 2016-08 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations.
ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”) in April 2016. ASU 2016-10 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance, while retaining the related principles for those areas.

ASU No. 2016-11, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Rescission of SEC Guidance Because of Accounting Standards Updates 2014-09 and 2014-16 Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF Meeting (SEC Update) (“ASU 2016-11”) in May 2016. ASU 2016-11 rescinds SEC paragraphs pursuant to two SEC Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF meeting. The SEC Staff is rescinding SEC Staff Observer comments that are codified in Topic 605 and Topic 932, effective upon adoption of Topic 606.
ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients in May 2016. ASU 2016-12 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on a few narrow areas and adds some practical expedients to the guidance.

These ASUs will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2018, or fiscal 2019. ASU 2014-09 and the related ASUs allow for either a retrospective or a modified retrospective transition approach. We plan to use a modified retrospective approach upon the adoption of Topic 606. We have completed our initial assessment of the changes in our revenue recognition accounting policies for the new revenue standards. Our accounting for commission costs will change from recognition in the period incurred to the deferral of commission costs related to our support agreements and subsequent recognition over the period the services are provided. Other costs such as warranty costs and our accounting for our rebate programs ("variable consideration") will not materially change. We have also established our methodology for the standalone selling prices for each performance obligation. We are currently implementing a software solution to process our revenue transactions which will enable us to assess the overall impact of the adoption of Topic 606 on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

NOTE 4: BALANCE SHEET DETAILS
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consisted of (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2017 2016
Cash$12,958
 $32,230
Restricted cash21,832
 2,788
Money market funds
 1,640
 $34,790
 $36,658
Manufacturing inventories consisted of (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2017 2016
Finished goods$15,070
 $22,127
Work in process606
 665
Materials and purchased parts11,985
 17,822
 $27,661
 $40,614

Service parts inventories consisted of (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2017 2016
Finished goods$14,851
 $16,381
Component parts4,998
 5,026
 $19,849
 $21,407
Property and equipment consisted of (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2017 2016
Machinery and equipment$108,393
 $105,511
Furniture and fixtures4,408
 4,316
Leasehold improvements19,344
 19,799
 132,145
 129,626
Less: accumulated depreciation(120,959) (116,687)
 $11,186
 $12,939
NOTE 5: INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL
Intangible Assets
Acquired intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which generally range from one to eight years. In estimating the useful lives of intangible assets, we considered the following factors:
The cash flow projections used to estimate the useful lives of the intangible assets showed a trend of growth that was expected to continue for an extended period of time;
Our tape automation products, disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions, in particular, have long development cycles; these products have experienced long product life cycles; and
Our ability to leverage core technology into data protection and scale-out storage solutions and, therefore, to extend the lives of these technologies.
Following is the weighted average amortization period for our amortizable intangible assets:
Manufacturing inventoriesMarch 31,
 2020 2019
Finished goods

 

   Manufactured finished goods$15,790
 $8,160
   Distributor inventory504
 3,345
   Total finished goods16,294
 11,505
   Work in progress1,001
 107
   Raw materials11,901
 6,828
      Total manufacturing inventories$29,196
 $18,440

Amortization
(Years)
Purchased technology6.3
Trademarks6.0
Customer lists8.2
All intangible assets6.8
Service inventoriesMarch 31,
 2020 2019
Finished goods$15,845
 $13,437
Component parts4,657
 5,633
   Total service inventories$20,502
 $19,070

Intangible assets
Other current assetsMarch 31,
 2020 2019
Insurance receivable$
 $8,950
Other8,489
 9,145
   Total other current assets$8,489
 $18,095
Property and equipment, netMarch 31,
 2020 2019
Machinery and equipment$33,804
 $30,306
Leasehold improvements6,733
 6,990
Furniture and fixtures1,862
 2,073
 42,399
 39,369
Less: accumulated depreciation(33,353) (30,932)
   Total property, plant and equipment, net$9,046
 $8,437
Other accrued liabilitiesMarch 31,
 2020 2019
Accrued expenses$3,237
 $8,925
Asset retirement obligation1,655
 1,936
Accrued settlement101
 10,452
Accrued warranty2,668
 3,456
Accrued interest3,192
 230
Other6,682
 4,026
   Total other accrued liabilities$17,535
 $29,025

Depreciation and amortization within our Consolidated Statements of Operationsexpense for property and equipment amounted to $4.3 million, $4.2 million, and $4.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019, and 2015 was $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $3.7 million,2018, respectively.
The following table provides a summary of the carrying value of intangible assets (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2017 2016
 
Gross
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Amount
 
Gross
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Amount
Purchased technology$177,177
 $(176,901) $276
 $178,292
 $(177,841) $451
Trademarks3,900
 (3,900) 
 3,900
 (3,900) 
Customer lists64,701
 (64,701) 
 64,701
 (64,701) 
 $245,778
 $(245,502) $276
 $246,893
 $(246,442) $451
The total expected future amortization related to amortizable intangible assets is provided in the table below (in thousands):
 Amortization
Fiscal 2018$138
Fiscal 2019103
Fiscal 202035
Total as of March 31, 2017$276
We evaluate our amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever indicators of impairment exist and concluded the carrying amount of our long-lived assets was recoverable and there was no impairment in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015. $1.1 million and $3.2 million of fully amortized intangible assets related to prior acquisitions were written-off in 2016 and 2017, respectively.
Goodwill
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, our stock price dropped to a low closing price of $3.52 per share, down from $7.44 per share at December 31, 2015. Our annual impairment evaluation for goodwill in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 did not indicate any impairment of our goodwill in fiscal 2015. As a result, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 we determined it was more likely than not that the fair value of our goodwill was less than its carrying amount and performed a second step to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment. No impairment evaluation was performed in fiscal 2017.

We determined the fair value of our single reporting unit using the income approach derived from a discounted cash flow methodology and other valuation techniques, as well as necessary estimates and assumptions about the future to determine fair value. We allocated the fair value of our single reporting unit to all tangible and intangible assets and liabilities in a hypothetical sale transaction to determine the implied fair value of our goodwill. After performing our analysis, we determined our goodwill was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $55.6 million in fiscal 2016.

Inherent in the development of our cash flow projections using the income approach are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, approved business plans, expected growth, cost of capital and income tax rates. We also made certain assumptions about future economic conditions, applicable interest rates and other market data. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside of our control. Future period results could differ from these estimates and assumptions, which could materially affect the determination of fair value of the company and future amounts of potential impairment. The following significant assumptions were used to determine fair value under the income approach: expected future revenue growth; operating profit margins; working capital levels; asset lives used to generate future cash flows; a discount rate; a terminal value multiple; an income tax rate; and utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.

NOTE 6: ACCRUED WARRANTY
The following table details the change in the accrued warranty balance (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Beginning balance$3,430
 $4,219
 $6,116
Additional warranties issued7,106
 6,993
 6,004
Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years286
 (187) (43)
Settlements(7,559) (7,594) (7,858)
Ending balance$3,263
 $3,430
 $4,219
 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Balance as of April 1$3,456
 $2,422
 3,689
   Current period accruals3,516
 5,766
 5,140
   Adjustments to prior estimates(114) 326
 (116)
   Charges incurred(4,190) (5,058) (6,291)
Balance as of March 31$2,668
 $3,456
 $2,422

We warrant our products against certain defects typically for a term of one to three years. A provision for estimated future costs and estimated returns for repair or replacement relating to warranty is recorded when products are shipped and revenue recognized. Our estimate of future costs to satisfy warranty obligations is primarily based on historical trends and, if believed to be significantly different from historical trends, estimates of future failure rates and future costs of repair. Future costs of repair include materials consumed in the repair, labor and overhead amounts necessary to perform the repair. If we determine in a future period that either actual failure rates or actual costs of repair were to differ from our estimates, we record the impact of those differences in that future period.

NOTE 7:4: DEBT
Our debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
 As of
 March 31, 2017 March 31, 2016
Convertible subordinated debt:   
4.50% convertible subordinated notes$63,090
 $70,000
Unamortized debt issuance costs(263) (747)
Convertible subordinated debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs$62,827
 $69,253
TCW Term Loan and PNC Credit Facility

 As of
 March 31, 2017 March 31, 2016
Long-term debt, current:   
Credit agreement with Wells Fargo$
 $3,000
    
Long-term debt:   
Credit agreement with Wells Fargo$
 $62,709
Revolving credit agreement18,500
 
Term loan agreement50,000
 
Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs(3,472) 
Long-term debt, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs$65,028
 $62,709
Convertible Subordinated Debt
In the third quarter of fiscal 2013, we issued $70 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017. These notes are convertible into shares of our common stock until November 14, 2017 at the option of the holders at a conversion rate of 75.896 shares per $1,000 principal amount, a conversion price of approximately $13.20 per share. As the purchasers were qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the 4.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 4.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 4.50% notes semi-annually in May and November of each year. The terms of the 4.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated October 31, 2012 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 4.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities pro-rata. We incurred and capitalized $2.3 million of fees related to the issuance of the 4.50% notes. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes with the remaining unamortized amount included as a deduction to the carrying amount.
In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2017, we entered into private transactions with note holders to purchase an aggregate principal amount of $6.9 million of the 4.50% notes for $6.8 million of cash. In connection with these transactions, we recorded a gain on debt extinguishment of $0.1 million, which included a write-off of the pro-rata unamortized debt issuance costs related to the purchased notes.
Long-term Debt
On October 21, 2016 (“closing date”(the “Closing Date”), we refinanced our credit agreement with Wells Fargo (as amended, the “WF credit agreement”) through the use of proceeds obtained from ourCompany entered into a term loan and revolving credit facilitysecurity agreement (the “TCW Term Loan”) with TCW Asset Management Company LLC (“credit facility”TCW”). The credit facility includes and a revolving credit and security agreement (the “PNC Credit Facility” and together with the TCW Term Loan, the “Credit Agreements”) with PNC Bank, National Association (“revolving credit agreement”) and a term loan credit and security agreement with TCW Asset Management Company LLC (“term loan agreement”PNC”). In connection with the refinance, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.1 million comprised of unamortized debt issuance costs related to borrowings under the WF credit agreement.
On the closing date, we borrowed $50.0 million under the term loan agreement and $26.0 million under the revolving credit agreement. These borrowings were used to i) pay $60.3 million of the outstanding balance on the WF credit agreement and accrued interest, ii) fund $10.0 million towards a portion of a $20.0 million restricted reserve requirement under the revolving credit agreement with the remaining portion of the requirement funded with cash on hand, iii) pay $4.7 million of transaction fees and other expenses and iv) pay a $1.0 million refundable deposit to Wells Fargo to hold during the transfer of our existing letters of credit to the new credit facility. Transaction fees and other expenses incurred under the credit facility included $3.1 million of debt issuance costs, $1.0 million of debt discount and $0.6 million of loan commitment fees. The $20.0 million restricted reserve requirement is presented as long-term restricted cash, within the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2017.
Revolving Credit Agreement

Under the revolving credit agreement, we have the ability to borrow the lesser of $80.0 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base, which is reduced by $1.0 million by the outstanding letters of credit. Our borrowing base is established monthly based on certain working capital asset balances. The revolving credit agreement also includes an uncommitted accordion in an amount up to $20.0 million. The revolving credit agreement matures on October 21, 2021. As of March 31, 2017, our excess availability under the revolving credit agreement was $46.4 million.

Included in the $4.7 million of transaction fees and other expenses as discussed above are $1.9 million of debt issuance costs and $0.6 million of loan commitment fees attributable to the revolving credit agreement. Debt issuance costs related to our revolving credit agreement were recorded as a reduction of its carrying amount to the extent outstanding borrowings are greater than the related unamortized fees and are amortized to interest expense over the term of the related agreement using the effective interest method. Loan commitment fees paid related to future borrowing capacity were recorded as an asset and are amortized ratably over the term of the revolving credit agreement.
Borrowings under the revolving credit agreement bearTCW Term Loan paid interest at a rate per annum equal to, at ourthe Company’s option, either (a) the greater of (i) the base rate, (ii) the Federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) the 1 month LIBOR rate, plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 1.50%, or (b) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 2.50%. The base rate is defined in the revolving credit agreement. Additionally, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit agreement on a quarterly basis, which is recorded as interest expense in the period incurred. As of March 31, 2017, we had a $18.5 million outstanding balance on the line of credit at an interest rate of 3.86%.
Term Loan Agreement

The term loan agreement provides for $50.0 million of a senior secured term loan drawn on the closing date and $20.0 million of a senior secured delay draw term loan (“DDTL”). Borrowings under the DDTL are restricted to be used only to redeem our 4.50% notes due November 15, 2017. The term loan agreement matures on October 21, 2021. The amount outstanding under the term loan is to be repaid on a quarterly basis in an amount equal to 1.25% of the original principal amount beginning on March 31, 2018, with any remaining principal balance due on the maturity of the term loan.
Included in the $4.7 million of transaction fees and other expenses are $1.2 million of debt issuance costs and $1.0 million of debt discount attributable to the term loan agreement. These fees were recorded as a reduction to the carrying amount of outstanding borrowings under the term loan agreement and amortized to interest expense over the term of the borrowing using the effective interest method.
Borrowings under the term loan agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) the greatest of (i) 3.00%, (ii) the Federalfederal funds rate plus 0.50%, (iii) the LIBOR rate based upon an interest period of 1 month plus 1.0% and (iv) the “prime rate” last quoted by the Wall Street Journal, plus a margin ranging from 6.00% to 7.25% based on the applicable senior net leverage ratio, as defined in the TCW Term Loan agreement, or (b) the LIBOR rate plus 7.00% to 8.25% based on the applicable senior net leverage ratio. The senior net leverage ratio isBorrowings under the PNC Credit Facility charged interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) the greater of (i) the base rate, as defined in the PNC Credit Facility Agreement, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) the 1 month LIBOR rate, plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 1.50%, or (b) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 2.50%. Additionally, the Company was required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the PNC Credit Facility on a quarterly basis, which was recorded as interest expense in the period incurred.

February 2018 Amendment

In February 2018, the Company amended the Credit Agreements (the “February 2018 Amendment”) to, among other things, (a) provide for 2% paid-in-kind interest on the TCW Term Loan, (b) allow for the release of $7.0 million in restricted cash required under the terms of the PNC Credit Facility, and (c) modify certain covenants associated with the Credit Agreements.

In connection with the February 2018 Amendment, the Company issued warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to TCW (“February 2018 Amendment Warrants”). TCW immediately exercised 75,000 of the February 2018 Amendment Warrants and the remaining warrants to purchase 75,000 of the Company’s common stock were contingently exercisable if the Company failed to meet certain financial requirements. The Company determined the fair value of the February 2018 Amendment Warrants to be approximately $0.6 million of which $0.3 million was allocated to the non-contingent warrants to purchase 75,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and recorded as additional paid in capital and $0.3 million was allocated to the remaining contingency exercisable warrants to purchase 75,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and was recorded as a liability with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations until the exercise contingencies were met.

The Company accounted for the February 2018 Amendment related to the TCW Term Loan as a debt extinguishment. Accordingly, a $6.9 million loss on debt extinguishment was recorded during the year ended

March 31, 2018 which included unamortized debt issuance costs of approximately $3.8 million and fees paid to TCW of $3.1 million (including $0.6 million related to the value of the February 2018 Amendment Warrants). The Company accounted for the February 2018 Amendment related to the PNC Credit Facility as a modification. The Company paid PNC an amendment fee of $0.6 million which was included in other current assets and amortized to interest expense over the term of the PNC Credit Facility.

August 2018 Amendment

In August 2018, the Company amended the Credit Agreements (the “August 2018 Amendment”) to, among other things, (a) provide for an additional $20 million in available borrowings under an additional incremental delayed draw term loan with TCW (the “AIDDTL”) of which $6.7 million was immediately borrowed, (b) accelerate the maturity date of the TCW Term Loan to January 31, 2019, (c) defer required principal and interest payments until the January 31, 2019 maturity date, (d) modify certain financial covenants and related definitions, (e) extend the due date for the Company to provide audited financial statements, and (f) require the Company to meet certain milestones related to the Company completing a refinancing transaction, as defined in the August 2018 Amendment (the “Refinancing Transaction”).

In connection with the August 2018 Amendment, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,099,533 of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $2.11 per share. To the extent that the Company did not complete a Refinancing Transaction and repay the entire TCW Term Loan by September 30, 2018, October 31, 2018, November 30, 2018 and December 31, 2018, then on each such date the Company was required to issue additional warrants to purchase 3% of the then outstanding common stock of the Company with an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the business day immediately prior to the date of issuance of the warrants. A total of 4,398,132 warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock were issued related to the August 2018 Amendment (the “August 2018 Amendment Warrants”) with warrants to purchase 1,099,533 shares issued on each of September 30, 2018, October 31, 2018 and November 30, 2018 with exercise prices of $2.40 per share, $2.39 per share and $2.40 per share, respectively.

The August 2018 Amendment Warrants were not exercisable until February 1, 2019, on which date, the exercise price of each of the warrants that were issued was reset to the lower of: (a) the applicable existing exercise price for such warrant or (b) the lowest of the 5-day volume-weighted average closing prices of the Company’s common stock for the last five trading days in the months of September 2018, October 2018, November 2018, December 2018 and January 2019. The exercise price for all of the August 2018 Amendment Warrants was adjusted to $1.62 per share on February 1, 2019.

Due to the exercise price reset provision in the August 2018 Amendment Warrants, the Company initially recorded the value of the warrants as a liability with changes in fair value recorded as other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company reclassified the fair value of the warrants of $5.6 million to additional paid in capital on February 1, 2019, the exercise price reset date. A loss of approximately $0.4 million was recorded to other income (expense) during fiscal year 2019 before the reclassification to equity.

The August 2018 Amendment provided a repurchase right allowing the Company to repurchase 50% of the August 2018 Amendment Warrants issued within 30 days of repayment of amounts due under the TCW Term Loan for $0.001 per warrant. The Company repaid the TCW Term Loan on December 27, 2018 and repurchased 549,766 warrants for $550 which resulted in a reduction in the fair value of the August 2018 Amendment Warrants liability of $0.4 million which was recorded as other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. On November 18, 2019, the 3.8 million outstanding August 2018 Amendment Warrants were exercised on a cashless basis, resulting in the issuance of 2.8 million shares of common stock.

The Company accounted for the August 2018 Amendment related to the TCW Term Loan as a debt extinguishment. Accordingly, a $14.9 million loss on debt extinguishment was recorded during the year ended March 31, 2018 related primarily to fees paid to TCW (including $5.7 million related to the value of the August 2018 Amendment Warrants). The Company also accounted for the August 2018 Amendment related to the PNC Credit Facility as a debt extinguishment and recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of approximately $1.8 million related to a portion of the unamortized debt issuance costs. The Company paid PNC an amendment fee of $1.7 million which was included into other current assets and amortized to interest expense over the original term of the PNC Credit Facility.


Senior Secured Term Loan and Amended PNC Credit Facility

On December 27, 2018 (the “Closing Date”), the Company entered into a senior secured term loan of $150.0 million with U.S. Bank, National Association (“U.S. Bank”), drawn on the Closing Date, and a senior secured delayed draw term loan of $15.0 million (collectively, “the Senior Secured Term Loan”) which was drawn in January 2019. In connection with the Senior Secured Term Loan, the Company amended its existing PNC Credit Facility providing for borrowings up to a maximum principal amount of the lesser of: (a) $45.0 million or (b) the amount of the borrowing base, as defined in the PNC Credit Facility agreement. Borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan and Amended PNC Credit Facility (collectively, the “December 2018 Credit Agreements”) mature on December 27, 2023.

A portion of the proceeds from the Senior Secured Term Loan was used to repay all outstanding borrowings under the TCW Term Loan. The Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.8 million related to repayment of the TCW Term Loan including unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.1 million and costs paid to TCW of $0.7 million. The Company accounted for the Amended PNC Credit Facility as a modification. The Company incurred $1.4 million in costs related to the amendment which was recorded to other assets and is being recognized as interest expense over the term of the Amended PNC Credit Facility.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan bear interest at a rate per annum, at the Company’s option, equal to (a) the greater of (i) 3.00%, (ii) the Federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (iii) the LIBOR Rate based upon an interest period of 1 month plus 1.0%, and (iv) the Prime Rate as quoted by the Wall Street Journal, plus an applicable margin of 9.00% or (b) LIBOR Rate plus an applicable margin of 10.00%. Interest on the Senior Secured Term Loan is payable quarterly. Principal payments of 0.25% of the original balance of the Senior Secured Term Loan are due quarterly with the remaining principal balance due at maturity. Additionally, on an annual basis beginning with the fiscal year ending March 31, 2020, the Company will be required to perform a calculation of excess cash flow, as defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan agreement, which may require an additional payment of the principal in certain circumstances (the "ECF Payment"). As of March 31, 2017, our2020, an ECF Payment of $5.3 million was payable during the quarter ended June 30, 2020 and has been included in the current portion of long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Borrowings under the Amended PNC Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, equal to, (a) the greater of (i) the base rate, as defined in the PNC Credit Facility, (ii) the daily Overnight Bank Funding Rate plus 0.5% and (iii) the daily LIBOR rate plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of (a) 4.50% for the period from the Amendment Date until the date quarterly financial statements are delivered to PNC for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021 and (b) thereafter, ranging from 3.50% to 4.50% based on the Company’s applicable Total Leverage Ratio, as defined, or (b) the LIBOR Rate plus an applicable margin of (a) 5.00% for the period from the Amendment Date until the date quarterly financial statements are delivered to PNC for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021 and (b) thereafter, ranging from 4.50% to 5.00% based on the Company’s applicable total leverage ratio, as defined in the Amended PNC Credit Facility agreement. Interest on the Amended PNC Credit Facility is payable quarterly.

In connection with the Senior Secured Term Loan agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 7,110,616 shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price of $1.33 per share (the “2018 Term Loan Warrants”). The exercise price and the number of shares underlying the 2018 Term Loan Warrants are subject to adjustment in the event of specified events, including dilutive issuances of common stock linked equity instruments at a price lower than the exercise price of the warrants (“Down Round Feature”), a subdivision or combination of the Company’s common stock, a reclassification of the Company’s common stock or specified dividend payments. The 2018 Term Loan Warrants are exercisable until December 27, 2028. Upon exercise, the aggregate exercise price may be paid, at each warrant holder’s election, in cash or on a net issuance basis, based upon the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of exercise.

In accordance with ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features; (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception (“ASU 2017-11”), the presence of the Down Round Feature does not preclude the Term Loan Warrants from being classified in stockholders’ deficit. Accordingly, the Company determined that the fair value of the warrants of $8.8 million should be classified within stockholders’ deficit upon issuance. The Company incurred $18.3 million in costs related to the Senior Secured Term Loan (including $8.8 million related to the value of the Term Loan Warrants).

These debt issuance costs are reflected as a reduction of the carrying amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan and are being recognized as interest expense over the term loan was 8.55%.of the Senior Secured Term Loan.

The revolving credit agreement and the term loan agreement are collateralized by a pledge of substantially all of our assets andDecember 2018 Credit Agreements contain certain covenants, including requirements to prepay the loans in an amount equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain assets dispositions, subject to certain reinvestment rights and other exceptions and equity issuances. Amounts outstanding under the December 2018 Credit Agreements may become due and payable upon the occurrence of specified events, which among other things include (subject to certain exceptions and cure periods) (i) failure to pay principal, interest, or any fees when due, (ii) breach of any representation or warranty, covenant, or other agreement, (iii) the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (iv) any event of default with respect to other indebtedness involving an aggregate amount of $1.0 million or more, (v) any lien created by the December 2018 Credit Agreements or any related security documents ceasing to be valid and perfected; (vi) the December 2018 Credit Agreements or any related security documents or guarantees ceasing to be legal, valid, and binding upon the parties thereto; or a change of control shall occur. The December 2018 Credit Agreements contain financial covenants and customary events of default for such securities. Financial covenants includerelating to a fixed charge coverage ratio, seniortotal net leverage ratio, minimum EBITDA, and minimum liquidity. The Amended PNC Credit Facility also includes a total leverage ratio. Additionally, the revolving credit agreement includes minimum liquidity requirements. There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the revolving credit agreement and term loan agreement.ratio covenant. As of March 31, 2017, and during fiscal 2017, we were2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
Debt Maturities
A summaryThe Senior Secured Term Loan contains a prepayment penalty which is calculated based on (i) if prepayment occurs prior to 30-month anniversary of the Closing Date, the prepayment penalty is the present value of all required interest payments due on the Senior Secured Term Loan that are prepaid from the date of prepayment through and including the 30-month anniversary of the Closing Date calculated based on the 3 month LIBOR Rate plus 10%, plus 5.0% of the amount of principal prepaid, (ii) if prepayment occurs between the 30-month anniversary of Closing Date through the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the prepayment penalty is 5.0% of the principal prepaid and (iii) if prepayment occurs between the third anniversary of the Closing Date through the fourth anniversary of Closing Date, the prepayment penalty is 2.0% of the principal prepaid (the “Prepayment Penalty”). There is no Prepayment Penalty after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan agreement, the Company is required to make a change in control premium payment equal to the greater of the Prepayment Penalty or 1.0% of the principal amount being repaid. The Company is permitted to prepay up to 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Secured Term Loan balance with cash proceeds of a public offering of the Company’s common stock at a prepayment premium of 12% of the principal amount being repaid (the "Equity Clawback").

On March 30, 2020 and March 31, 2020, the Company entered into amendments to the Senior Secured Term Loan which, among other things, included (a) payment deferral of the scheduled maturitiesamortization payment of $0.4 million due on April 1, 2020 to June 30, 2020; payment of $1.9 million of the interest due on April 1, 2020 in kind rather than in cash, and (b) the waiver of compliance with the total net leverage ratio covenant, as defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan agreement, for our outstanding debtthe quarter ended March 31, 2020.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the 2018 Senior Secured Term Loan, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the holders of the 2018 Term Loan Warrants (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). The Registration Rights Agreement grants the holders of the 2018 Term Loan Warrants certain registration rights for the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants. The agreement calls for the Company to prepare and file a registration statement with the SEC and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective as soon as practicable, but in no event later than October 31, 2019 (the “Registration Penalty Date”). If the Company is unable to file and have a Form S-1 registration statement declared effective on the Registration Penalty Date (the “Filing Failure”), the Company is required to pay each holder of Term Loan Warrants an amount of cash equal to (i) $0.3 million multiplied by (ii) such holder’s pro rata share of all Term Loan Warrants (the “Registration Delay Payments”) on the day of a Registration Penalty Date and on every thirtieth day thereafter until such Filing Failure is cured. In the event the Company fails to make Registration Delay Payments in a timely manner, such Registration Delay Payments shall bear interest at 5.0% of such unpaid Registration Delay Payment until paid in full. The Company expects to meet all registration requirements and has determined that such a payment under the Registration Rights Agreement was not probable at the time the agreement was entered into, nor did such a payment become probable prior to or as of March 31, 20172020.

As of March 31, 2020, the interest rates on the Senior Secured Term Loan and the Amended PNC Credit Facility were 12.0% and 6.25%, respectively. The Company is required to maintain a $5.0 million restricted cash reserve

as part of the Amended PNC Credit Facility, which is presented as long-term restricted cash within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2020.
The following table summarizes the Company's borrowing as of the periods presented (in thousands):
 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019
Senior Secured Term Loan$165,208
 $164,588
Amended PNC Credit Facility2,620
 
Less: current portion(7,321) (1,650)
Less unamortized debt issuance costs(1)
(13,660) (17,317)
Long-term debt, net$146,847
 $145,621
(1)The unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Senior Secured Term Loan are presented as a reduction of the carrying amount of the corresponding debt balance on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Unamortized debt issuance costs related to the PNC Credit Facility are presented within other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
See Note 12, Subsequent Events, for additional information related to amendments to the Company's Amended PNC Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan.
NOTE 5: LEASES
The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”) effective April 1, 2019 using the optional transition method in ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements. Therefore, the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of operations as of and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020 reflect the application of Topic 842, while the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2019 and consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 were not adjusted and continue to be reported under ASC 840, Leases, the accounting guidance in effect for the prior periods. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recording of right of use assets and corresponding lease liabilities of $13.5 million and $12.7 million, respectively, as of April 1, 2019, which include the impact of existing deferred rents and tenant improvement allowances on the consolidated balance sheet as of April 1, 2019.

Under ASC 842, the Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The lease term begins on the commencement date, which is the date the Company takes possession of the property and may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. The lease terms are used to determine lease classification as an operating or finance lease and is used to calculate straight-line lease expense for operating leases. The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the standard, allowing it to carry forward the historical lease classification, carry forward the conclusions on whether current or expired contracts contain leases and carry forward the accounting for initial direct costs for existing leases. Additionally, the Company elected the practical expedient for use of hindsight to determine the lease term for existing leases whereby the Company evaluated the performance of existing leases in relation to the Company's leasing strategy and determined that most renewal options would not be reasonably certain to be exercised. This resulted in the shortening of lease terms for the existing leases.

Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. ROU assets also include prepaid lease payments and exclude lease incentives received. As the Company’s leases typically do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date for its leases. The Company determines the incremental borrowing rate using the Company’s current unsecured borrowing rate, adjusted for various factors such as collateralization and term to align with the terms of the lease. The determination of the incremental borrowing rate requires judgment. The Company elected the short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases that qualify. Therefore, leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; instead, lease payments are recognized as lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.


The Company has operating leases for facilities, vehicles, computers, and other office equipment with various expiration dates. The leases have remaining terms of 1 to 8 years. Certain leases contain renewal options for varying periods, which are at the Company’s sole discretion. The Company did not use hindsight when determining lease term, therefore, the Company carried forward the lease term as determined prior to the adoption of ASC 842. For new leases with renewal or termination options, such option periods will be included in the determination of the Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the option. Certain leases require the Company to pay taxes, insurance, maintenance, and other operating expenses associated with the leased asset. Such amounts are not included in the measurement of the lease liability to the extent they are variable in nature. These variable lease costs are recognized as a variable lease expense when incurred.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows (in thousands):

 Debt Maturity
Fiscal 2018$63,715
Fiscal 20192,500
Fiscal 20202,500
Fiscal 20212,500
Fiscal 2022 and thereafter60,375
 $131,590
Operating leases March 31, 2020
Operating lease right-of-use asset  $12,689
   
Other current liabilities  $3,065
Operating lease liability  10,822
   Total operating lease liabilities  $13,887
The components of lease expense were as follows (in thousands):
Lease expense Year Ended March 31, 2020
Operating lease expense  $4,901
Variable lease expense  277
Short-term lease expense  102
   Total lease expense  $5,280

Maturity of Lease Liabilities Operating Leases
   2021 4,878
   2022 3,671
   2023 2,825
   2024 2,857
   2025 2,285
   Thereafter 2,889
Total lease payments $19,405
Less: Imputed interest (5,518)
Present value of lease liabilities $13,887

Lease Term and Discount RateMarch 31, 2020
Weighted average remaining operating lease term (years)4.99
Weighted average discount rate for operating leases13.91%

Operating cash outflows related to operating leases totaled $4.5 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2020.

NOTE 8:6: RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
Fiscal 2017 April Restructuring Plan
In April 2016, weDuring fiscal years 2019 and 2018, the Company approved a plan (“Fiscal 2017 April Restructuring Plan”) to eliminate 29 positions in the U.S. and internationally to reduce investments in various functions of our businesscertain restructuring plans to improve operational efficiencies. The costs associated with these actions consistefficiencies and rationalize its cost structure. These plans included a reduction in workforce of restructuring charges related to severanceapproximately 80 positions and benefits. These actions were completed by210 positions during the second quarterfiscal years 2019 and 2018, respectively, and the exit of certain facility space occurring throughout fiscal 2017. We incurred and paid $1.5 million of restructuring charges under this plan.
Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan
In November 2015, we approved a plan (“Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan”) to eliminate approximately 65 positions in the U.S. and internationally, primarily in research and development and sales and marketing functions, in order to improve our cost structure and align spending with continuing operations plans. These actions were completed by the first quarter of fiscal 2017, with the majority having occurred by December 31, 2015. The costs associated with these actions consist of restructuring charges related to severance and benefits. We incurred and paid $2.0 million of restructuring charges under this plan.
Restructuring expense for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was recorded in operating expense. The following summarizes the type of restructuring expense for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Severance and benefits$1,443
 $2,293
 $406
Facilities620
 1,713
 1,260
 $2,063
 $4,006
 $1,666

Fiscal 2017
Restructuring charges in fiscal 2017 were largely due to $1.4 million of severance and benefits and facilities costs incurred in the Plan period, included within the Fiscal 2017 April Restructuring Plan. The severance and benefits payments related to the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan were completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Additionally, we incurred $0.6 million of restructuring charges related to facilities costs primarily due to a change in estimate of sublease timing for our facilities previously used in manufacturing.
Fiscal 2016
Restructuring charges in fiscal 2016 were largely due to $2.3 million of severance and benefits costs primarily from the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan. Additionally, we incurred $1.7 million of restructuring charges related to facilities costs primarily due to a change in estimate of sublease timing for our facilities previously used in manufacturing.
Fiscal 2015
Restructuring charges in fiscal 2015 were primarily due to facilities costs of $1.3 million as a result of further consolidating our facilities in the U.S.years 2018 through 2020.

The following tables show the activity and the estimated timing of future payouts for accrued restructuring (in thousands):
 
Severance and
benefits
 Facilities Total
Balance as of March 31, 2014$1,574
 $6,724
 $8,298
Restructuring costs749
 1,680
 2,429
Adjustments of prior estimates(343) (430) (773)
Cash payments(1,791) (3,617) (5,408)
Other non-cash
 300
 300
Balance as of March 31, 2015189
 4,657
 4,846
Restructuring costs2,266
 656
 2,922
Adjustments of prior estimates27
 1,057
 1,084
Cash payments(2,128) (4,087) (6,215)
Other non-cash
 100
 100
Balance as of March 31, 2016354
 2,383
 2,737
Restructuring costs1,494
 483
 1,977
Adjustments of prior estimates(52) 137
 85
Cash payments(1,665) (1,907) (3,572)
Other non-cash
 124
 124
Balance as of March 31, 2017$131
 $1,220
 $1,351
Estimated timing of future payouts:
Severance and
benefits
 Facilities Total
Fiscal 2018$131
 $739
 $870
Fiscal 2019 to 2022
 481
 481
 $131
 $1,220
 $1,351
 
Severance and
benefits
 Facilities Total
Balance as of March 31, 2017$130
 $6,152
 $6,282
Restructuring costs8,266
 208
 8,474
Cash payments(6,368) (1,971) (8,339)
Other non-cash(598) 
 (598)
Balance as of March 31, 20181,430
 4,389
 5,819
Restructuring costs4,708
 862
 5,570
Cash payments(6,138) (2,375) (8,513)
Balance as of March 31, 2019
 2,876
 2,876
Adjustments of prior estimates
 1,022
 1,022
Cash payments
 (3,961) (3,961)
Other non-cash
 63
 63
Balance as of March 31, 2020$
 $
 $

Facility restructuring accruals will be paid in accordance with the respective facility lease terms and amounts above are net of estimated sublease amounts.

NOTE 9:7: STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
On April 19, 2017 all restricted stock awards, restricted stock unitsAmended and options to purchase our common stock outstanding under the Company's Stock Incentive Plans were adjusted to reflect the impact of the Reverse Stock Split. The Reverse Stock Split also reduced the number of shares of common stock issuable under the Company's 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. The per share exercise price of all outstanding awards was increased and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise or settlement of all outstanding awards was reduced proportionately to the reverse split ratio. The following share and per share data has been adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.
Description of Stock Incentive Plans
Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan
We haveThe Company has a stockholder-approved 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) which has 4.96.3 million shares authorized for issuance of new shares at March 31, 2017.2020. There were 3.02.7 million stock options, performance shares and restricted shares outstanding, and 3.6 million shares available for grant and 1.9 million stock options and restricted shares that were outstandingfuture issuance under the Plan as of March 31, 2017, which expire at various times through April2020.

In February 2018, the Company enacted a deferral of release of all vested restricted stock units and performance share units granted prior to February 2018. The deferral of release impacted only pre-February 2018 restricted stock units and performance share units and was intended to prevent the release of unregistered shares to grantees. During the deferral period, a grantee retained the legal right to the awards they had vested in, but the Company deferred the release of the underlying shares until it could become current with its SEC reporting requirements. The Company ended the deferral of release in February 2019. The deferral of release and its removal were both modifications to the awards; however, the impact of the modifications were not material and no incremental compensation expense was recorded. All employees with outstanding stock-based awards were impacted by the modifications.
Stock options under the Plan are granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The majority of performance share units, restricted stock units and stock options granted to employees vest over three to four years. Stock optionoptions, performance shares and restricted stock grants to nonemployeenon-employee directors typically vest over one year. BothThe term of each stock option under the plan will not exceed seven years. Stock options, performance share units and restricted stock units granted under the Plan are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates. The Company accounts for all forfeitures of stock-based awards when they occur.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") has 9.7 million shares authorized at March 31, 2020. The plan enables eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. On each purchase date, eligible employees will purchase our common stock at a price per share equal to 85% of the lesser of (i) the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period, and (ii) the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date.

We have reserved shares of common stock for future issuance under our ESPP as follows:
 March 31,
 2020 2019
Shares available for issuance at beginning of period497
 497
Additional shares authorized during the period900
 
   Total shares available for future issuance at end of period1,397
 497

The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model (“Black-Scholes”) to determine the fair value for stock options, shares forecasted to be issued pursuant to our ESPP, and warrants. This requires the use of assumptions about expected life, stock price, volatility, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

Expected Life—The expected term was based on historical experience with similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, exercise patterns and post-vesting forfeitures.

Volatility—The expected stock price volatility for our common stock was based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the most recent period corresponding with the estimated expected life of the award.

Risk-Free Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

Dividend Yield—We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, an expected dividend yield of zero was used.

The weighted-average grant date fair value and the assumptions used in calculating fair values of shares forecasted to be issued pursuant to our ESPP are as follows:
 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Expected life0.5 years n/a 0.5 years
Volatility49.81% n/a 0.05%
Risk-free interest rate0.41% n/a 91%
Dividend yield—% n/a —%
Weighted-average grant date fair value$4.78 n/a $2.20

Other Stock Incentive Plans

In addition to the Plan, we have other stock incentive plans which are mostly inactive for future share grant purposes, including plans assumed in acquisitions, under which stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, restricted stock awards and long-term performance awards to employees, consultants, officers and affiliates were authorized (“Other Plans”).
Stock options On April 1, 2019, we granted 0.3 million shares as an inducement to employment of our Chief Revenue Officer, half of which are time-based and assumed under the Other Plans generally vest over one to four yearsother half performance-based. The shares have the same vesting and expire seven to ten years aftermarket performance conditions as the grant date, and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans generally vests over one to four years. The Other Plans have been terminated, and outstanding stock options and restrictedperformance stock units we granted and assumed remain outstanding and continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the respective Other Plan. Stock options and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates. Stock options under the Other Plans were granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value, and stock options assumed were governed by the respective acquisition agreement. Stock options under the Other Plans expire at various times through June 2021.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
We have an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”) that allows for the purchase of stock at a 15% discount to fair market value at the date of grant or the exercise date, whichever value is less. The Purchase Plan is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Purchase Plan is 8.8 million shares.in 2020. As of March 31, 2017, 8.02020, there were 0.25 million shares had been issued. Under the Purchase Plan, rightsoutstanding pertaining to purchase shares arethis grant.
Performance Stock Units

The Company granted during the second1.5 million, 0.7 million and fourth quarter0.5 million of each fiscal year. The Purchase Plan allows a maximum amount of 0.3 million shares to be purchased in any six month offering period. Employees purchased 0.3 million shares, 0.4 million shares and 0.4 million shares of common stock under the Purchase Plan in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The weighted-average price of stock purchased under the Purchase Plan was $3.48, $5.36 and $8.32 perperformance share in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were 0.8 million shares available for issuance under the Purchase Plan as of March 31, 2017.
Determining Fair Value
We use the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model for estimating fair value of stock options granted under our plans and rights to acquire stock granted under our Purchase Plan. We amortize the fair value of stock options on a ratable basis over the requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting periods. The expected life of awards granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. We determine the expected life based on historical experience with similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, exercise patterns and post-vesting forfeitures. We estimate volatility based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the most recent period corresponding with the estimated expected life of the award. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent term equal to the expected life of the award. We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We use historical data to estimate forfeitures and record share-based compensation for those awards that are expected to vest. We adjust share-based compensation for actual forfeitures.
We granted 0.1 million RSUsunits with market conditions (“market RSUs”Market PSUs”) in fiscal 20142020, 2019, and estimated the fair value of these market RSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model.2018, respectively. The number of market RSUsMarket PSUs issued is dependent on Quantum’s common stock achieving certain 60-day average closing stock price targets as of specified dates, whichdates. Market PSUs vest immediatelyone to twothree years after the specified dates.issuance date based on the stock price targets achieved and are contingent upon continued service of the holder of the award during this period. The Monte Carlo model requires the input of assumptions including expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term in order to simulate a large number of possible outcomes to provide an estimated fair value of these Market PSUs is determined at the market RSUs. Weissuance date using a Monte Carlo simulation model.


Assumptions used an expected volatility of 66%, a risk free interest rate of 0.5% and expected terms of ten months, 22 months and 34 months that mirrorsin the various vesting dates of the awards. The estimated grant date fair value of the market RSUs was $0.7 million which is being recognized over the respective vesting periods of the awards.
We granted 0.4 million, 0.2 million and 0.3 million of RSUs with performance conditions (“performance RSUs”) in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and theMonte Carlo model to calculate fair values of the performance RSUs at the grant date were $1.4market PSU’s during each fiscal period are as follows:
Weighted-Average 2020 2019 2018
Discount period (years) 3.00 1.95 7.00
Risk-free interest rate 1.45% 2.63% 2.48%
Stock price volatility 72.00% 69.35% 75.52%
Grant date fair value $5.92 $1.70 $4.29

The Company granted 0.3 million, $2.60.0 million and $3.00.4 million of performance share units with financial performance conditions (“Performance PSUs”) in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Performance RSUsPSUs become eligible for vesting based on Quantumthe Company achieving certain revenue and operating incomefinancial performance targets through the end of the fiscal year when the performance RSUsPSUs were granted. Share-basedgranted, and are contingent upon continued service of the holder of the award during this period. Performance PSUs are valued at the market closing share price on the date of grant and compensation expense for performance RSUsPerformance PSUs is recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. The revenue and operating income targets ofCompensation expense recognized related to Performance PSUs is reversed if the fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2017Company determines that it is no longer probable that the performance RSUs were achieved and $0.4 million and $0.3 million of share-based compensation expense was recognized during fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively. The performance RSUs granted in fiscal 2016 were canceled in accordance with the grant agreement as the fiscal 2016 targets were not met; and, therefore no share-based compensation expense was recognized.
Stock Options
No stock options were granted in fiscal 2017, 2016 or 2015.conditions will be achieved.

Restricted Stock
The fair value of our restricted stock isfollowing table summarizes activity for Market PSUs and Performance PSUs for the intrinsic value as of the grant date.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The weighted-average fair values and the assumptions used in calculating fair values during each fiscal period are as follows:year ended March 31, 2020:
 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Option life (in years)0.5
 0.5
 0.5
Risk-free interest rate0.55% 0.26% 0.07%
Stock price volatility64.18% 77.94% 36.58%
Weighted-average grant date fair value$2.11
 $2.32
 $2.88
Share-Based Compensation Expense
The following tables summarize share-based compensation expense (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Share-based compensation expense:     
Cost of revenue$895
 $1,241
 $1,489
Research and development1,300
 1,864
 2,559
Sales and marketing2,255
 2,907
 3,506
General and administrative2,248
 2,904
 4,029
Total share-based compensation expense$6,698
 $8,916
 $11,583
 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Share-based compensation by type of award:     
Stock options$
 $2
 $617
Restricted stock6,230
 8,220
 10,102
Stock purchase plan468
 694
 864
Total share-based compensation expense$6,698
 $8,916
 $11,583
 Shares 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Outstanding as of March 31, 2019770
 $1.78
Granted1,807
 $4.99
Vested(311) $1.94
Forfeited or cancelled(322) $5.67
Outstanding as of March 31, 20201,944
 $4.09

During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, no tax benefit was realized for the tax deduction from stock option exercises and other awards due to tax benefit carryforwards and tax ordering requirements.
As of March 31, 2016,2020, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted under our plans and therefore, no compensation expense related to stock options was recognized in fiscal 2017. Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $0.0 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively. We settle stock option exercises by issuing additional common shares.
As of March 31, 2017, there was $7.4$4.9 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock. The unrecognized compensation cost for restricted stockMarket PSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.731.23 years. TotalAs of March 31, 2020, there was no unrecognized stock-based compensation related to Performance PSUs. The total fair value of awardsshares vested during thefiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019, and 20152018 was $2.8$0.6 million, $9.9$0.1 million, and $7.7$0.7 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company granted 0.6 million, 1.0 million, and 1.5 million of service-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”) in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, basedwhich generally vest ratably over a three-year service period. RSUs are valued at the market closing share price on the fair valuedate of our common stock ongrant and compensation expense for RSUs is recognized ratably over the awards' vest date.

Stock Activity
Stock Options
A summary of activity relating to all of our stock option plans is as follows (stock options in thousands):
 Stock Options 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of March 31, 2016516
 $12.12
    
Exercised
 
    
Forfeited(37) 8.20
    
Expired(299) 8.01
    
Outstanding as of March 31, 2017180
 $20.02
 1.03 $4,763
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2017180
 $20.02
 1.03 $4,763
Exercisable as of March 31, 2017180
 $20.02
 1.03 $4,763
applicable vesting period.

The following table summarizes information aboutactivity for restricted stock units for the year ended March 31, 2020:
 Shares 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Outstanding as of March 31, 20191,313
 $3.61
Granted645
 $4.77
Vested(877) $4.55
Forfeited or cancelled(95) $5.54
Outstanding as of March 31, 2020986
 $3.42

As of March 31, 2020, there was $1.4 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.03 years. The total fair value of RSUs vested during fiscal years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $4.0 million, $5.1 million, and $4.8 million, respectively.
Compensation Expense
The following table details the Company's stock-based compensation, net of forfeitures:
 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Cost of revenue$452
 $334
 $725
Research and development984
 440
 906
Sales and marketing1,165
 179
 1,790
General and administrative4,147
 2,456
 1,973
Total share-based compensation$6,748
 $3,409
 $5,394
 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Restricted stock units$3,610
 $3,178
 $5,004
Performance share units3,103
 274
 (171)
Stock options
 (43) 44
Employee stock purchase plan35
 
 517
Total share-based compensation$6,748
 $3,409
 $5,394

NOTE 8: NET LOSS PER SHARE
Equity Instruments Outstanding
The Company has stock options, performance share units, restricted stock units and options to purchase shares under its ESPP, granted under various stock incentive plans that, upon exercise and vesting, respectively, would increase shares outstanding. In addition, the Company had Convertible Notes, which were convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock. During November 2017, the Company paid all outstanding principal and exercisableaccrued interest on the Convertible Notes. The Company has also issued warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s stock that are related to the TCW Term Loan and the Senior Secured Term Loan as described within Note 4: Debt to the consolidated financial statements.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per-share data):
 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Numerator:     
Net loss$(5,210) $(42,797) $(43,346)
Denominator:     
Weighted average shares - basic and diluted37,593
 35,551
 34,687
Net loss per share - basic and diluted$(0.14) $(1.20) $(1.25)

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per share attributable to common stock for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Stock awards931
 307
 1,838
Warrants6,312
 4,657
 75
ESPP223
 
 
Total7,466
 4,964
 1,913

The dilutive impact related to common shares from stock incentive plans and outstanding warrants is determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed vesting of outstanding performance share units and restricted stock units and the exercise of outstanding options and warrants. The dilutive impact related to common shares from contingently issuable performance share units is determined by applying a two-step approach using both the contingently issuable share guidance and the treasury stock method.

We had outstanding market based restricted stock units as of March 31, 2017 (stock options2020 that were eligible to vest into shares of common stock subject to the achievement of certain average stock price targets in thousands):
Range of Exercise Prices 
Stock Options
Outstanding
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
 
Stock Options
Exercisable
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$5.04  $5.04
 2
 $5.04
 3.43 2
 $5.04
$20.16  $23.20
 178
 $20.23
 1.00 178
 $20.23
      180
     180
 

Expiration dates rangedaddition to a time-based vesting period. These contingently issuable shares are excluded from April 2017 to June 2021 forthe computation of diluted earnings per share if, based on current period results, the shares would not be issuable if the end of the reporting period were the end of the contingency period. There were 0.9 million shares of contingently issuable market based restricted stock options outstanding atunits that were excluded from the table above as the market conditions were not satisfied as of March 31, 2017. Prices for stock options2020.

On November 18, 2019, 3.8 million warrants issued by the Company related to the TCW Term Loan agreement were exercised duringon a cashless basis, resulting in the three-year period ended March 31, 2017, ranged from $0.88 to $14.48.
Restricted Stock
A summaryissuance of activity relating to our restricted stock is as follows (shares in thousands):
 Shares 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested as March 31, 20161,389
 $11.12
Granted1,126
 $3.79
Vested(693) $10.80
Forfeited(114) $11.26
Nonvested as March 31, 20171,708
 $6.41
2.8 million shares of common stock.

NOTE 10: 401K PLAN
Substantially all of the U.S. employees are eligible to make contributions to our 401(k) savings and investment plan. We typically make discretionary contributions to the plan by matching a percentage of our employees’ contributions. Employer contributions were $1.3 million, $0.6 million and $2.4 million in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

NOTE 11:9: INCOME TAXES
Pre-tax income (loss)loss reflected in the Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Operationsoperations for the years ended March 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 20152018 is as follows (in thousands):
For the year ended March 31,Year Ended March 31,
2017 2016 20152020 2019 2018
U.S.$1,268
 $(78,956) $13,830
$(6,318) $(40,935) $(46,923)
Foreign3,489
 3,745
 3,971
1,911
514
514
 464
$4,757
 $(75,211) $17,801
Total$(4,407) $(40,421) $(46,459)

Income tax provision (benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):

 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Federal:$(421) $(401) $(138)
State:     
Current75
 52
 125
Foreign:     
Current1,555
 1,591
 890
Deferred(97) (59) (159)
Total foreign1,458
 1,532
 731
Income tax provision$1,112
 $1,183
 $718
 Year Ended March 31,
 2020 2019 2018
Current tax expense     
   Federal$(115) $(217) $(3,484)
   State106
 31
 26
   Foreign1,271
 1,103
 206
      Total current tax expense1,262
 917
 (3,252)
Deferred tax expense

 

 

   State33
 32
 32
   Foreign(492) 1,427
 107
      Total deferred tax expense(459) 1,459
 139
Income tax provision (benefit)$803
 $2,376
 $(3,113)

The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35%21% for 2020 and 2019, and 31.5% for 2018 to income (loss) before income taxes as follows (in thousands):
For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
2017 2016 20152020 2019 2018
Expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate$1,665
 $(26,324) $6,230
Expense (benefit) at the federal statutory rate$(925) $(8,488) $(14,634)
Equity compensation280
 905
 1,024
Permanent items714
 20,597
 622
914
 359
 564
Foreign taxes1,353
 974
 628
1,612
 (2,133) 1,336
State income taxes75
 53
 125
(20) (997) (830)
Unbenefited (Benefited) losses and credits(2,379) 5,726
 (6,852)
Valuation allowance(2,639) 10,913
 (42,784)
Uncertain tax positions(8,654) (9,278) (336)
Tax reform
 (207) 52,682
Credit monetization(421) (401) (138)
 
 (323)
Expiration of attributes11,679
 12,268
 410
Research and development credits(1,566) (879) (1,714)
Other105
 558
 103
122
 (87) 1,492
Income tax provision$1,112
 $1,183
 $718
$803
 $2,376
 $(3,113)

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
As of March 31,As of March 31,
2017 20162020 2019
Deferred tax assets:   
Deferred tax assets   
Inventory valuation method$1,964
 $2,025
$924
 $882
Accrued warranty expense1,256
 1,320
650
 814
Distribution reserves5,364
 3,898
187
 2,137
Loss carryforwards87,579
 108,576
85,638
 93,308
Tax credits131,939
 132,054
17,416
 20,346
Restructuring charge accruals520
 1,054

 678
Deferred revenue17,592
 16,739
17,043
 13,094
Acquired intangibles2,660
 2,822
Lease obligations3,413
 
Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes11,414
 11,917
16,152
 7,051
257,628
 277,583
Less valuation allowance(202,991) (224,661)
Deferred tax asset$54,637
 $52,922
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Gross deferred tax assets144,083
 141,132
Valuation allowance(137,814) (140,359)
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance$6,269
 $773
Deferred tax liabilities   
Depreciation$(3,906) $(3,962)$(1,440) $(450)
Acquired intangibles(11,485) (8,244)
Tax on unremitted foreign earnings(16,571) (16,549)
Lease assets(3,413) 
Other(21,558) (23,147)(967) (524)
Deferred tax liability$(53,520) $(51,902)
Net deferred tax asset$1,117
 $1,020
Total deferred tax liabilities$(5,820) $(974)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)$449
 $(201)

The valuation allowance decreased by $2,545 during the year ended March 31, 2020, increased by $10,311 during the year ended March 31, 2019, and decreased by $24,248 during the year ended March 31, 2018.

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits follows (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
2017 2016 20152020 2019 2018
Beginning balance$32,860
 $32,449
 $32,449
Beginning Balance$116,032
 $150,559
 $170,730
Increase in balances related to tax positions in current period2,275
 1,718
 3,298
Increase in balances related to tax positions in prior period144
 
 25
Decrease in balances related to tax positions in prior period(4) (25,095) (20,692)
Decrease in balances due to lapse in statute of limitations(11,165) (11,150) (810)
Settlement and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements(411) 
 

 
 (1,992)
Increase in balances related to tax positions taken in prior period243
 411
 
Ending balance$32,692
 $32,860
 $32,449
$107,282
 $116,032
 $150,559

During fiscal 2017,2020, excluding interest and penalties, there was a $0.2$8.8 million change in ourthe Company's unrecognized tax benefits. Including interest and penalties, the total unrecognized tax benefit at March 31, 20172020 was $34.0$108.4 million, all of which $90.1 million, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate. At March 31, 2017,2020, accrued interest and penalties totaled $1.3$1.1 million. OurThe Company's practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Operations. Unrecognizedoperations. As of March 31, 2020, $102.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits includingwere recorded as a contra deferred tax asset in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets and $6.1 million (including interest and penalties,penalties) were recordedincluded in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.consolidated balance sheets.
We file ourThe Company files its tax returns as prescribed by the laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our U.S. tax returns have been audited for years through 2002 by the Internal Revenue Service. In other major jurisdictions, we arethe Company is generally open to examination for the most recent three to five fiscal years. Although timing of the resolution and closure on audits is highly uncertain, we do not believe it is likely that the unrecognized tax benefits would materially change inDuring the next 12 months.months, it is reasonably possible that approximately $9.1 million of tax benefits, inclusive of interest and penalties, that are currently unrecognized could be recognized as a result of the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations.
As of March 31, 2017, we2020, the Company had federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards of approximately $295.8$334.2 million and $91.3$67.6 million, respectively. Our federal net operating loss carryforwards include $34.3 million attributable to excess tax deductions from stock option exercises, and are not included in the deferred tax assets shown above. The benefit of these loss carryforwards will be credited to equity when realized. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expire in varying amounts beginning in fiscal 2018year 2022 if not previously utilized, the utilization of which is limited under the tax law ownership change provision.and $13.3 million are indefinite-lived net operating loss carryforwards. These carryforwards include $11.1 million of acquired net operating losses and $9.6$8.4 million of credits.

acquired credits, the utilization of which is subject to various limitations due to prior changes in ownership.
Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of both acquired and self-generated net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. ShouldIf the company undergoCompany has previously undergone, or should it experience in the future, such a change in stock ownership, it could severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.
Due to ourits history of net losses and the difficulty in predicting future results, we believeQuantum believes that weit cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we haveit has established a full valuation allowance against ourits U.S. and certain foreign net deferred tax assets. Significant management judgmentjudgement is required in determining ourthe Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing ourits ability to realize any future benefit from ourits net deferred tax assets. We intendThe Company intends to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. OurThe Company's income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent that sufficient positive evidence materializes to support a reversal of, or decrease in, ourits valuation allowance.
NOTE 12: NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
Equity Instruments Outstanding
We have stock options and restricted stock units granted under various stock incentive plans that, upon exercise and vesting, respectively, would increase shares outstanding. We have 4.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $13.20 per share. We also had 3.50% convertible subordinated notes outstanding as of March 31, 2015, which were convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $34.64 per share. Both the 4.50% and 3.50% notes, if converted, would increase shares outstanding.
Net Income (Loss) per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, as adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split, (in thousands, except per-share data):
 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Numerator:     
Net income (loss)$3,645
 $(76,394) $17,083
      
Denominator:     
Weighted average shares:     
Basic33,742
 32,841
 31,833
Dilutive shares from stock plans371
 
 670
Diluted34,113
 32,841
 32,503
      
Basic net income (loss) per share$0.11
 $(2.33) $0.54
Diluted net income (loss) per share$0.11
 $(2.33) $0.53

Dilutive and potentially dilutive common shares from stock incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding options and the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units. The dilutive impact related to our convertible subordinated notes is determined by applying the if-converted method, which includes adding the related weighted average shares to the denominator and the related interest expense to net income.

The computations of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented exclude the following because the effect would have been anti-dilutive (in millions):

 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Weighted average shares excluded:     
4.50% convertible subordinated notes5.1
 5.3
 5.3
3.50% convertible subordinated notes
 1.3
 3.6
Stock options0.2
 0.6
 0.3
Unvested restricted stock units0.4
 1.5
 
      
Interest expense excluded:     
4.50% convertible subordinated notes0.4
 0.5
 0.5
3.50% convertible subordinated notes
 0.2
 0.7
NOTE 13:10: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Lease Commitments
We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements and also have equipment leases for various types of office equipment. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses. These leases are operating leases.
Rent expense was $7.2 million in fiscal 2017, $6.6 million in fiscal 2016 and $7.0 million in fiscal 2015. Sublease income was $1.1 million in fiscal 2017, $0.6 million in fiscal 2016 and immaterial in fiscal 2015.
Future minimum lease payments and sublease income are as follows (in thousands):
 Lease Payments Sublease Income Total
For the year ending March 31,     
2018$8,927
 $(1,426) $7,501
20198,027
 (1,243) 6,784
20206,172
 (943) 5,229
20215,147
 (813) 4,334
20221,486
 
 1,486
Thereafter1,989
 
 1,989
 $31,748
 $(4,425) $27,323
Commitments to Purchase Inventory
We useThe Company uses contract manufacturers for our manufacturing operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We haveThe Company has similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We areThe Company is responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the third party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for inventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete

inventory. As of March 31, 2017, we2020, the Company had issued non-cancelable commitments for $34.319.5 million to purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers and suppliers.

Legal Proceedings
Crossroads
On February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. patents 6,425,035 and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that we have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of disk array products and into our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. In July and September of 2014, we filed for inter partes review of all three asserted Crossroads patents before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board and a review has been initiated for all claims. On June 16, 2015, the U.S. District Court, Western District of Texas stayed the Crossroads trial proceedings pending resolution of the inter partes review proceedings. On January 29, 2016, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board issued decisions on the inter partes reviews for U.S. patents 6,425,035 and 7,051,147, ordering all claims of both patents to be unpatentable. On March 17, 2016, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board issued a decision on the inter partes review for U.S. patent 7,934,041, ordering all claims to be unpatentable. On March 31, 2016, Crossroads filed Notices of Appeal in each of the inter partes review decisions. We believe the probability that this lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition is remote.
Realtime Data
On July, 22 2016, Realtime Data LLC d/b/a IXO(“IXO (“Realtime Data”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents Nos. 7,161,506, 7,378,992, 7,415,530, 8,643,513, 9,054,728, and 9,116,908. The lawsuit has been transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California for further proceedings. Realtime Data asserts that we have incorporated Realtime Data’s patented technology into our compression products and services. Realtime Data seeks unspecified monetary damages and other relief that the Court deems appropriate. On July 31, 2017, the District Court stayed proceedings in this litigation pending decision in Inter Partes Review proceedings before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board relating to the Realtime patents.  In those proceedings the asserted claims of the ’506 patent, the ’992 patent, and the ’513 patent were found unpatentable.  In addition on July 19, 2019, all claims of the ’728 patent, the ’530 patent, and the ’908 patent were found invalid under 35 U.S.C. § 101 by Judge Connolly in the District of Delaware.  The stay remains in effect pending Realtime’s appeal of those rulings.  We believe the probability that this lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition is remote.

Indemnifications
We haveThe Company has certain financial guarantees, both express and implied, related to product liability and potential infringement of intellectual property. Other than certain product warranty liabilities recorded as of March 31, 20172020 and 2016, we2019, the Company did not record a liability associated with these guarantees, as we havethe Company has little, or no history of costs associated with such indemnification requirements. Contingent liabilities associated with product liability may be mitigated by insurance coverage that we maintain.the Company maintains.
In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions of ourthe Company’s services and products, we indemnifythe Company indemnifies certain parties with respect to certain matters. We haveThe Company has agreed to hold certain parties harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, or out of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, we havethe Company has entered into indemnification agreements with ourits officers and directors, and ourthe Company’s bylaws containcontains similar indemnification obligations to ourits agents.
It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of ourthe Company’s indemnification claims, and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by usthe Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on ourits operating results, financial position, or cash flows.

NOTE 11: FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company has certain non-financial assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is an indicator of impairment, and they are recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. These assets include property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets. The Company did not record impairments to any non-financial assets in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The Company does not have any non-financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of these accounts.

Warrants and Warrant Liability

The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model for estimating fair value of common stock warrants. The expected life of warrants granted represent the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. The Company determines the expected life based on historical experience with similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, exercise patterns, and post-vesting forfeitures. The Company estimates volatility based on the historical volatility of the common stock over the most recent period corresponding with the estimated expected life of the award. The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes-Merton stock option valuation model on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues

with an equivalent term equal to the expected life of the award. The Company has not paid any cash dividends on the common stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

During fiscal year 2018, the Company began issuing common stock warrants in connection with amendments to the TCW Term Loan. The warrants were initially accounted for as a liability and recorded at estimated fair value on a recurring basis due to exercise price reset provisions contained in the warrant agreements. As such, the Company estimated the fair value of the warrants at the end of each reporting period using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. At the end of each reporting period, the Company recorded the changes in the estimated fair value during the period in other (income) expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The warrant liabilities are valued at issuance and each subsequent measurement date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model.

The following table shows the ranges of assumptions and estimates utilized within the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation models for the period presented:
Inputs Year Ended March 31,
  2019 2018
Company's stock price $1.62 - $2.40 $3.64 - $5.63
Exercise prices $0.01 - $2.40 $0.01
Expected term (years) 4.5 to 5.0 4.8 to 5.0
Volatility 64.1% - 71.8% 59.8% - 69.1%
Risk free interest rate 2.5% - 3.0% 2.1% - 2.7%
Dividend rate —% —%

During the three months ended March 31, 2019, the exercise price for these warrants reset and became fixed, at which time they were considered to be indexed to the Company’s own stock and met the scope requirements for equity classification. The fair value of the warrants upon the exercise price reset was reclassified to stockholders’ deficit. The Company classified the warrant liability subject to recurring fair value measurement as Level 3 prior to the reclassification to stockholders’ deficit. As the outstanding warrants were reclassified to stockholders’ deficit in the three months ended March 31, 2019, there was no warrant liability as of March 31, 2020 and 2019.

The table presented below is a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 valuations for the warrant liability for the periods presented (in thousands):
 Warrant liability
As of March 31, 2018$272
   Issuances5,683
   Settlements(615)
   Changes in fair value297
   Reclassifications to stockholders' deficit(5,637)
As of March 31, 2019$

Debt

The table below represents the carrying value and total estimated fair value of long-term debt as of March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, respectively. The fair value has been classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

  March 31,
  2020 2019
  Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value
Senior Secured Term Loan $165,208
 $151,678
 $164,588
 $160,259
Amended PNC Credit Facility 2,620
 2,226
 
 


NOTE 14:12: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Paycheck Protection Program

On April 13, 2020, Quantum Corporation (the “Company”) entered into a Payment Protection Term Note (the “Note”) effective April 11, 2020 with PNC Bank, National Association as the lender (“Lender”) in an aggregate principal amount of $10.0 million pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act (the “PPP Loan”). Subject to the terms of the Note, the PPP Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 1% per annum, with interest deferred up to a maximum of 10 months payable monthly thereafter, has an initial term of two years and is unsecured and guaranteed by the Small Business Administration. Under the terms of the PPP Note, the Company may apply for forgiveness of the amount due on the Loan. The Company intends to use the proceeds from the PPP Loan for qualifying expenses and to apply for forgiveness of the PPP Loan in accordance with the terms of the CARES Act. However, the Company cannot assure at this time that the PPP Loan will be forgiven partially, or in full.

In order to apply for the PPP Loan, the Company was required to certify, among other things, that the current economic uncertainty made the PPP Loan request necessary to support its ongoing operations. The Company made this certification in good faith after analyzing, among other things, its financial situation and access to alternative forms of capital, and believe that it satisfied all eligibility criteria for the PPP Loan, and that its receipt of the PPP Loan is consistent with the spirit and broad objectives of the PPP and of the CARES Act. The certification described above does not contain any objective criteria and is subject to interpretation. On April 23, 2020, the SBA issued guidance stating that it is unlikely that a public company with substantial market value and access to capital markets will be able to make the required certification in good faith. In addition, the SBA stated its intent to audit the PPP Loan application of any company, like the Company, that received proceeds under the PPP of more than $2 million. Additionally, on May 8, 2020, the Company was one of five publicly traded companies to receive a letter from the United States House of Representatives’ Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Crisis ("the Subcommittee") requesting that the Company return the PPP Loan proceeds, and if it did not return the proceeds, requiring the Company to produce to the Subcommittee specified documentation related to its PPP Loan. The Company intends to cooperate fully with the Subcommittee’s review of its PPP Loan. If the Company is later determined to have violated any of the laws or governmental regulations that apply to it in connection with the PPP Loan, such as the False Claims Act, or it is otherwise determined that the Company was ineligible to receive the PPP Loan, the Company may be subject to penalties, including significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties and could be required to repay the PPP Loan in its entirety.

Long-Term Debt Amendments

Amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan
On June 16, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan (the "June 2020 Term Loan Amendment"). The amendment provides an additional borrowing of $20.0 million which was immediately drawn in full. The amendment also: (a) waives the ECF Payment of $5.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2017,2020; (b) defers payment of the Stockholdersscheduled amortization payments due on June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2020 until the maturity date; (c) amends the definition of “EBITDA” to, among other things, add an add-back for certain costs, expenses and fees incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the amendment; (d) waives compliance with the total net leverage ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum liquidity and minimum EBITDA financial covenants for the quarters ending on June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, December 31, 2020, and March 31, 2021; (e) adds a financial covenant that requires a minimum monthly average undrawn availability of $7.0 million under the Amended PNC Credit Facility during the period from June 30, 2020 through and including May 31, 2021; and (f) amends the covenant levels for the total net leverage ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, and minimum EBITDA financial covenants, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2021. The amendment modified the Equity Clawback to allow the Company to prepay up to 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Secured Term Loan balance with cash proceeds of a public offering of the Company’s common stock at a prepayment premium of 5% of the principal amount being repaid. The amendment also added an exit fee of 2% of the aggregate principal amount repaid excluding amounts repaid that are subject to the Equity Clawback.
In connection with the June 2020 Term Loan Amendment, the Company issued to the lenders warrants (the “2020 Term Loan Warrants”) to purchase 3,400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price of $3.00

per share. The exercise price and the number of shares underlying the 2020 Term Loan Warrants are subject to adjustment in the event of specified events, including dilutive issuances of common stock linked equity instruments at a price lower than the exercise price of the warrants, a subdivision or combination of the Company’s common stock, a reclassification of the Company’s common stock or specified dividend payments. The 2020 Term Loan Warrants are exercisable until June 16, 2030. Upon exercise, the aggregate exercise price may be paid, at each warrant holder’s election, in cash or on a net issuance basis, based upon the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of exercise.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the June 2020 Term Loan Amendment, the Company entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement (the “Amended Registration Rights Agreement”) with the holders of the 2018 Term Loan Warrants and the 2020 Term Loan Warrants (collectively, the “Term Loan Warrants”). The Amended Registration Rights Agreement grants the holders of the Term Loan Warrants certain registration rights for the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the applicable Term Loan Warrants, including (i) the ability of a holder to request that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least 40% of the registrable securities held by such holder as of the issuance date of the applicable Term Loan Warrants on or after June 16, 2020; (ii) the ability of a holder to request that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding registrable securities if at any time the Company is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement; and (iii) certain piggyback registration rights related to potential future equity offerings of the Company, approved a 1-for-8 reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). subject to certain limitations.
Amendments to Amended PNC Credit Facility

On April 18, 2017, we effected3, 2020, the 1-for-8 reverse stock splitCompany entered into an amendment to the Amended PNC Credit Facility. The amendment amends certain terms, including to waive compliance with the total net leverage ratio and our stock began to trade on a post-split basis on April 19, 2017. Par value of the Company's common stock was unchanged as a result of the Reverse Stock Split remaining at $0.01 per share. All shares and per share data for fiscal 2017 and comparative historical periods included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our Consolidated Financial Statements and related footnotes, have been adjusted to accounttotal leverage ratio covenants for the effectquarter ending March 31, 2020.

On June 16, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to the Amended PNC Credit Facility. The amendment amends certain terms, including: (a) amends the definition of “EBITDA” to, among other things, add an add-back for certain costs, expenses and fees incurred in connection with the Reverse Stock Split.transactions contemplated by the amendment; (b) waives compliance with the total net leverage ratio, total leverage ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum liquidity and minimum EBITDA financial covenants for the quarters ending on June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, December 31, 2020, and March 31, 2021; (c) adds a financial covenant that requires a minimum monthly average undrawn availability level of $7.0 million for the period from June 30, 2020 through and including May 31, 2021; (d) adds a financial covenant that requires a minimum liquidity of not less than $10.0 million at the end of each quarter and a minimum average liquidity level $10.0 million for the ninety days preceding the last day of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2021; (e) amends the covenant levels for the total net leverage ratio, total leverage ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, and minimum EBITDA financial covenants, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2021; and (f) continues to includes a covenant that requires a minimum of $5.0 million of PNC qualified cash at all times.

The amendment also adjusts the applicable margin for advances under the Amended PNC Credit Facility such that (i) advances designated as “Domestic Rate Loans” and “Swing Loans” will have an applicable margin of (a) 4.50% for the period from the June 16, 2020 until the date quarterly financial statements are delivered to PNC for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021 and (b) thereafter, ranging from 3.50% to 4.50% based on the Company’s applicable total leverage ratio and (ii) advances designated as “LIBOR Rate Loans” will have an applicable margin of (a) 5.50% for the period from June 16, 2020, until the date quarterly financial statements are delivered to PNC for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021 and (b) thereafter, ranging from 4.50% to 5.50% based on the Company’s applicable total leverage ratio.


NOTE 15: GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
The company operates in one reportable segment.
Revenue, attributed to regions based on the location of customers, and long-lived assets, comprised of property and equipment, by region were as follows (in thousands):
 As of and for the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
 
Long-
Lived
Assets
 Revenue 
Long-
Lived
Assets
 Revenue 
Long-Lived
Assets
 Revenue
Americas$10,914
 $324,839
 $12,657
 $304,007
 $14,063
 $340,811
Europe170
 127,890
 145
 124,821
 421
 152,186
Asia Pacific102
 52,616
 137
 47,130
 169
 60,098
 $11,186
 $505,345
 $12,939
 $475,958
 $14,653
 $553,095
Revenue for Americas regions outside of the United States is immaterial. Following are revenues attributable to each of our product groups, services and royalties (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Tape automation systems$88,751
 $97,454
 $152,205
Disk backup systems51,153
 39,722
 54,845
Devices and media60,860
 45,767
 62,642
Scale-out tiered storage121,448
 103,274
 85,887
Service144,335
 148,548
 155,674
Royalty38,798
 41,193
 41,842
Total revenue$505,345
 $475,958
 $553,095


NOTE 16: UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
Prior period information included in the tables below has been updated to reflect the impact of the Revision (see "Note 2: Revision of Prior Period Financial Statements") and per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the Reverse Stock Split.
 For the year ended March 31, 2017
(In thousands, except per share data)
1st
Quarter
 
2nd
Quarter
 
3rd
Quarter
 
4th
Quarter
Revenue$116,284
 $134,742
 $133,484
 $120,835
Gross margin50,646
 55,726
 55,002
 52,050
Net income (loss)(3,520) 4,072
 5,006
 1,913
Basic and Diluted net income (loss) per share(0.11) 0.12
 0.15
 (0.06)
 For the year ended March 31, 2016
 
1st
Quarter
 
2nd
Quarter
 
3rd
Quarter
 
4th
Quarter
Revenue$110,856
 $117,025
 $128,048
 $120,029
Gross margin46,460
 46,114
 56,175
 54,291
Net loss(11,260) (11,430) (821) (52,884)
Basic and diluted net loss per share(0.35) (0.35) (0.02) (1.59)
Net loss for fiscal 2016 included a $55.6 million goodwill impairment charge which was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016.

SCHEDULE II
CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands):
 
Balance at
beginning of
period
 
Net additions
(releases)
charged to
expense
 Recoveries(Deductions) (i) 
Balance at end
of period
For the year ended:       
Fiscal Year 2017:       
Allowance for bad debt$22
 $(24) $18
 $16
Reserves for manufacturing inventories4,956
 2,579
 (2,652) 4,883
Reserves for service parts inventories16,653
 4,960
 (8,286) 13,327
Deferred tax valuation allowance224,661
 4,002
 (25,672) 202,991
Fiscal Year 2016:       
Allowance for bad debt27
 (78) 73
 22
Reserves for manufacturing inventories

3,764
 1,920
 (728) 4,956
Reserves for service parts inventories20,909
 5,973
 (10,229) 16,653
Deferred tax valuation allowance252,475
 36,237
 (64,051) 224,661
Fiscal Year 2015:       
Allowance for bad debt88
 40
 (101) 27
Reserves for manufacturing inventories

4,297
 797
 (1,330) 3,764
Reserves for service parts inventories

31,460
 3,698
 (14,249) 20,909
Deferred tax valuation allowance261,337
 7,947
 (16,809) 252,475
(i)      Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Attached as exhibitsLimitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certificationsapply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)chief executive officer and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), which are required pursuant to Rule 13a-14chief financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”). This “Controls and Procedures” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes information concerningor the controls and controls evaluation referenced in the certifications. This section of the Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the certifications and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as described below for a more complete understanding of the matters presented.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange"Exchange Act,") as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This control evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC. Disclosure controls are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based on the controlsthis evaluation, our CEOchief executive officer and CFO havechief financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K,March 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Management'sRemediation of Material Weakness

Throughout the year ended March 31, 2020, the Company undertook remediation measures related to the previously reported material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting. We completed these remediation measures in the quarter ended March 31, 2020, including testing of the design, and concluding on the operating effectiveness of the related controls.

Specifically, we undertook the following remediation measures:

We enhanced the controls over revenue recognition and the preparation, analysis, and review of significant account reconciliations and closing adjustments required to assess the appropriateness of revenue recognition and certain other account balances at period end. The enhanced controls have operated for a sufficient period of time in order for management to conclude, through testing, that these controls are designed and operating effectively.

We assessed our accounting resource requirements across the Company and as a result have hired additional experienced accounting personnel and have taken steps to improve the overall control effectiveness and efficiency of our accounting and reporting processes. Our assessment was performed in the prior fiscal year, continuing into the current fiscal year, which has allowed for the hiring of additional personnel to have a sufficient period of time to operate relevant controls. In addition to these resources, we have enhanced the design of our existing controls and implemented certain new controls over the following areas: (1) our global risk assessment process, evaluation, and mitigation strategies; (2) updated our internal audit plan to include internal audit monitoring activities responsive to the issues identified in the independent investigation and review of our financial records; and (3)  implemented new procedures and enhanced controls governing our internal management-led Disclosure Committee and strengthened our sub-certification and external reporting processes associated with the review and approval of the content of our SEC filings and other public disclosures. The enhanced controls have operated for a sufficient period of time in order for management to conclude, through testing, that these controls are designed and operating effectively.

We have designed and where appropriate enhanced controls over the preparation, analysis and review of revenue recognition and significant account reconciliations. In addition, we have reinforced existing policies
and procedures and enacted policy and procedures changes, where necessary, to better define requirements for effective and timely reconciliations of balance sheet and significant accounts, including independent review.

Based on these procedures, we believe that the previously reported material weaknesses have been remediated. However, completion of remediation procedures for these material weaknesses does not provide assurance that our modified controls will continue to operate properly or that our financial statements will be free from error.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision andof 1934. Our management, with the participation of our management, including our CEOprincipal executive and CFO, we conducted an evaluation ofprincipal financial officers, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017 based onusing the criteria for effective control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issuedframework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the results of our evaluation, ourthis assessment, management concluded
that ourQuantum Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2017 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliabilityend of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
PricewaterhouseCoopersthe period covered by this Annual Report. Armanino LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report regarding its assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, as set forth at the beginning of Part II, Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting, will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitationsthis attestation report appears in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additional controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.Item 8.
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
ThereOther than described above in this Item 9A, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) identified in connection with the evaluation of our internal control performed during the fourthfiscal quarter of fiscal 2017ended March 31, 2020, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controlscontrol over financial reporting.


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this item with respect to our directors, audit committee and audit committee financial expertItem 10 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsections entitled “Election of Directors”, “Board of Directors and Committees”, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Audit Committee Report” in our proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. For information pertaining to our executive officers, refer to the section captioned “Executive Officers & Management Team”, Item 1 "Business" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer and all members of our finance department, including the principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics is posted on our website. The Internet addressdefinitive Proxy Statement for our website is: http://www.quantum.com, and the code of ethics may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then "Corporate Governance." Copies of the code are available free upon request by a stockholder.
We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above.
We have adopted Corporate Governance Principles, which are available on our website at http://www.quantum.com, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate Governance.” Copies of our Corporate Governance Principles are available free upon request by a stockholder. The charters of our Audit Committee, Leadership and Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are2020 annual stockholders’ meeting.

also available on our website at http://www.quantum.com, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate Governance.” Copies of these committee charters are available free upon request by a stockholder.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this itemItem 11 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsections entitled “Election of Directors”, “Director Compensation”, “Corporate Governance”, “Director Compensation”, “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Compensation Committee Report”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, and “Executive Compensation” in our proxy statementdefinitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017.2020 annual stockholders’ meeting.


ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following discloses our equity compensation plan information (securities in thousands):
 As of March 31, 2017
 
(a)
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
stock options,
warrants and
rights
 
Weighted-
average
exercise price
of outstanding
stock options,
warrants and
rights
 
Number of
securities remaining
available
for grant under equity compensation
plans (excluding shares reflected in
column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)
1,884
 $1.92
 3,037
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders (2)

 $
 
 1,884
 $
 

____________________
(1)
Included in the stockholder approved plans are 1.7 million restricted stock units with a zero purchase price. The weighted average exercise price of outstanding stock options for stockholder approved plans is $4.41.
(2)
The Pancetera 2008 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan was assumed by Quantum on June 13, 2011 according to the terms detailed in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 13, 2011 (“Pancetera Merger Agreement”). Outstanding stock options and restricted shares granted under this plan continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of this plan; however, the number of stock options and restricted shares and exercise prices of the outstanding stock options were changed in accordance with the formula in the Pancetera Merger Agreement for the right to purchase Quantum common stock.
We also have an employee stock purchase plan with .8 million shares available for issuance that has been approved by stockholders.
The remaining information required by this itemItem 12 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsection entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our proxy statementdefinitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017.2020 annual stockholders’ meeting.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this itemItem 13 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsection entitled “Board of Directors and Committees”, “Corporate Governance” and “Transactions with Related Persons” in our proxy statementdefinitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017.2020 annual stockholders’ meeting.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this itemItem 14 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsection entitled “Audit and Audit-Related Fees” in our proxy statementdefinitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017.2020 annual stockholders’ meeting.


PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Upon written request, we will provide, without charge, a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the Consolidated Financial Statements,The financial statements and financial statement schedules and any exhibits for our most recent fiscal year. All requests shouldrequired to be sent to:
Investor Relations
Quantum Corporation
Brinlea Johnson or Allise Furlani
Investor Relations
The Blueshirt Group
(212) 331-8424 or (212) 331-8433
ir@quantum.com

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Report:Annual Report are included under Item 8. The exhibits required to be filed as part of this Annual Report are listed below. Exhibits 10.1 through 10.39 constitute management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary, Exhibits 32.1, 32.2, 101, and 104 shall not be deemed to be filed as part of this Annual Report for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
1.
Financial Statements—Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.
2.
Financial Statement Schedules — Our consolidated valuation and qualifying accounts (Schedule II) financial statement schedule is listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements. All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes hereto.
(b) Exhibits
    Incorporated by Reference  
Exhibit
Number
 Exhibit Description Form Filing Date Exhibit Filed or Furnished Herewith
3.1  8-K 8/16/07 3.1  
3.2  8-K 12/5/08 3.1  
3.3  8-K 1/26/10 3.1  
3.4  8-K 2/8/16 3.5  
3.5  10-Q 11/9/17 3.1  
4.1  S-3 10/9/03 4.7  
4.2  8-K 12/28/18 4.1  
4.3  8-K 12/28/18 4.2  
4.4  8-K 12/28/18 4.3  
4.5  8-K 6/17/20 4.1  
4.6  8-K 6/17/20 4.2  
4.7  8-K 6/17/20 4.3  
4.8  8-K 6/17/20 4.4  
4.9  8-K 6/17/20 4.5  
4.10      4.1 X
10.1    8-K 2/10/06  10.2  
10.2    8-K  2/10/06  10.3  
10.3  8-K 4/4/07 10.4  
10.4  8-K 5/10/11 10.3  
10.5    10-K 6/12/15  10.25  
10.6  10-Q 11/6/15 10.2  
10.7    8-K 10/21/16  10.2  
10.8    8-K  5/4/17  10.1  
10.9    8-K  8/24/17  10.2  
10.10    8-K  9/5/17  10.1  
10.11    8-K  11/9/17  10.2  
10.12  8-K 2/20/18 10.1  

    Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
 Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date
3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant. 8-K 001-13449 3.1 August 16, 2007
3.2 Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant, as amended. 8-K 001-13449 3.1 December 5, 2008
3.3 Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock. S-3 333-109587 4.7 October 9, 2003
3.4 Certification of Amendment to the Bylaws of Quantum Corporation, as adopted on January 20, 2010. 8-K 001-13449 3.1 January 26, 2010
3.5 Certification of Amendment to the Bylaws of Quantum Corporation, as adopted on February 3, 2016 8-K 001-13449 3.1 February 8, 2016
4.1 Indenture for 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated October 31, 2012, including the form of 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2017. 8-K 001-13449 4.1 October 31, 2012
10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and the Named Executive Officers and Directors. * 8-K 001-13449 10.4 April 4, 2007
10.2 Form of Amended and Restated Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and each of Registrant’s Executive Officers.* 10-Q 001-13449 10.2 November 6, 2015
10.3 Form of Amended and Restated Director Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and the Directors (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). * 8-K 001-13449 10.2 May 10, 2011
10.4 Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan as amended.* 8-K 001-13449 10.1 August 31, 2015
10.5 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.2 August 5, 2013
10.6 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.2 February 15, 2013
10.7 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Directors), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-Q/A 001-13449 10.4 February 15, 2013
10.8 Quantum Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. * 10-K 001-13449 10.9 June 12, 2015
10.9 Quantum Corporation Executive Officer Incentive Plan. * 10-K 001-13449 10.10 June 12, 2015
10.10 Employment Offer Letter, dated March 31, 2011, between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1 April 5, 2011
10.11 Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.1 February 8, 2013
10.12 Employment Offer Letter, dated August 31, 2006, between Registrant and William C. Britts. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1 September 7, 2006
10.13 Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.6 November 7, 2008


    Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
 Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date
10.14 Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.3 February 5, 2010
10.16 Offer Letter, dated May 2, 2011, between Registrant and David E. Roberson. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1 May 10, 2011
10.17 Offer Letter, dated August 20, 2007, between Registrant and Paul Auvil. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1 August 29, 2007
10.19 Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Gregg J. Powers.* 10-Q 001-13449 10.4 November 12, 2013
10.22 Offer Letter, dated March 29, 2016, between Registrant and Clifford Press.* 8-K 001-13449 10.1 April 5, 2016
10.23 
Offer Letter, dated April 14, 2016 between Registrant and Fuad Ahmad*

 8-K 001-13449 10.1 April 18, 2016
10.24 
Confidential Placement Agreement, date April 15, 2016 between Registrant and FLG Partners

 8-K 001-13449 10.1 April 18, 2016
10.25 Form of Agreement to Advance Legal Fees between the Registrant and certain of its Executive Officers.* 10-K 001-13449 10.25 June 12, 2015
10.26 Credit Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. 10-K 001-13449 10.22 June 14, 2015
10.27 Security Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, among the Registrant and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. 8-K 001-13449 10.2 April 2, 2012
10.28 First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 28, 2012, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 June 28, 2012
10.29 Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 February 6, 2013
10.30 Consent and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 6, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation 8-K 001-13449 10.1 April 29, 2014
10.31 Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Second Amendment to Security Agreement, dated April 24, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.2 April 29, 2014











    Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
 Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date
10.32 Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August 7, 2015, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation 8-K 001-13449 10.1
 August 13, 2015
10.33 Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated November 13, 2015, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation. ‡        
10.34 Ninth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated April 15, 2016, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
 April 18, 2016
10.35 Term Loan Credit and Security Agreement, dated October 21, 2016, among Quantum Corporation, TCW Asset Management Company LLC, as agent, and the lender parties thereto 8-K 001-13449 10.1
 October 21, 2016
10.36 Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated October 21, 2016, among Quantum Corporation, PNC Bank, National Association, as agent, and the lender party thereto 8-K 001-13449 10.2
 October 21, 2016
10.38 Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building A). 8-K 001-13449 10.2
 February 10, 2006
10.39 Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B). 8-K 001-13449 10.3
 February 10, 2006
10.43 Patent Cross License Agreement, dated February 27, 2006, between Registrant and Storage Technology Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
 March 3, 2006
10.46 Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2016, by and among Registrant, VIEX Capital Advisors, LLC, and its affiliates. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
 September 26, 2016
10.47 Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2016, by and among Registrant and VIEX Capital Advisors, LLC and its affiliates 8-K 001-13449 10.1
 December 2, 2016
10.48 Settlement Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2017, by and among the Registrant and VIEX Capital Advisors LLC and certain of its affiliates. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
 March 3, 2017
10.49 Director Resignation and CEO Waiver Letter from Jon W. Gacek, dated as of March 2, 2017. 8-K 001-13449 10.2
 March 3, 2017
12.1 Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. ‡       
21 Quantum Subsidiaries. ‡       
23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. ‡       
24 Power of Attorney (see signature page).       
31.1 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡       
31.2 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡       

10.13  8-K 5/30/18 10.1  
10.14  8-K 5/30/18 10.2  
10.15  8-K 6/27/18 10.1  
10.16  8-K 6/27/18 10.2  
10.17  8-K 12/28/18 10.1  
10.18  8-K 12/28/18 10.2  
10.19  8-K 5/31/19 99.2  
10.20  10-K 8/6/19 10.68  
10.21  10-K 8/6/19 10.75  
10.22  10-K 8/6/19 10.76  
10.23  10-Q 11/5/19 10.1  
10.24  8-K 11/13/2019 10.1  
10.25  8-K 11/13/2019 10.2  
10.26  10-Q 1/29/2020 10.1  
10.27  8-K 4/6/20 10.1  
10.28  8-K 4/6/20 10.2  
10.29  8-K 4/16/20 10.1  
10.30  8-K 4/16/20 10.2  
10.31  8-K 4/16/20 10.3  
10.32  8-K 6/17/20 10.1  
10.33  8-K 6/17/20 10.2  
10.34      10.1 X
10.35      10.2 X
10.36      10.3 X
10.37      10.4 X
10.38      10.5 X
10.39      10.6 X
16.1  8-K 1/25/19 16.1  

21.1    Incorporated by ReferenceX
23.1
Exhibit
 Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s)X
24.1 Filing DateX
31.1X
31.2X
32.1
       X
32.2
       X
101.INS101XBRL Instance Document.Interactive Data Files       X
101.SCH104Cover page interactive data file, submitted using XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.(contained in Exhibit 101)       
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.X

*       Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.












ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.

SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 QUANTUM CORPORATIONQuantum Corporation
(Registrant)
  
 June 24, 2020/s/ FUAD AHMADJ. Michael Dodson
 Fuad Ahmad(Date)J. Michael Dodson
 Chief Financial Officer
 (Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)
Date:May 31, 2017


POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jon W. GacekJames Lerner and Fuad Ahmad,Michael Dodson, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities on May 31, 2017.June 24, 2020.
Signature       Title
/s/ JON W. GACEKPresident and Chief Executive Officer
Jon W. Gacek(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ FUAD AHMADChief Financial Officer
Fuad Ahmad(Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)
/s/ CLIFFORD PRESSDirector
Clifford Press
   
/s/ PAUL R. AUVIL IIIJames J. Lerner DirectorPresident, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Paul R. Auvil IIIJames J. Lerner(Principal Executive Officer)
  
/s/ J. Michael DodsonChief Financial Officer
J. Michael Dodson(Principal Financial Officer)
 
/s/ RAGHAVENDRA RAULewis MooreheadChief Accounting Officer
Lewis Moorehead(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Raghavendra Rau Director
Raghavendra Rau  
   
/s/ MARCMarc E. ROTHMANRothman Director
Marc E. Rothman  
 
/s/ ADALIO SANCHEZDirector
Adalio Sanchez  
  
/s/ GREGG J. POWERSDirector
Gregg J. PowersJohn A. Fichthorn  
   
/s/ DAVID E. ROBERSONRebecca J. Jacoby Director
David E. RobersonRebecca J. Jacoby  


8992